Loughborough University
Leicestershire, UK
LE11 3TU
+44 (0)1509 222222
Loughborough University

Programme Specifications

Programme Specification

MM BEng (Hons) Manufacturing Engineering (Students Undertaking Part A in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)
Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Final award BEng/ BEng +DIS /BEng + DIntS/ BEng + DPS
Programme title Manufacturing Engineering
Programme code WSUB01
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma of International Studies (DIntS) The programme is only available on a full-time basis.
UCAS code H710/HH1T
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

 

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The overall aim of this programme is to develop students with core knowledge, skills and attributes able to work effectively and progress rapidly in manufacturing industries. This is undertaken through taught courses that cover the essential engineering and management disciplines supported by practical and transferable skills development.

Specific aims are:    

•      A1.   To produce engineering graduates ready to play a substantial role in manufacturing companies through a combination of technical, commercial and social awareness.

•      A2.   To provide a foundation for graduates wishing to progress to professional engineering status.

•      A3.   To deliver core subjects in engineering science, mathematics, manufacturing processes and technologies that underpin a career in manufacturing engineering.

•      A4.   To provide a high quality educational experience for students in a programme of study which combines wide ranging aspects of manufacturing technologies, manufacturing management, design for manufacture and engineering design

•      A5.   To develop analytical and transferable skills that will enable graduates to solve problems individually and in teams, and gain employment in a wide variety of professions, and thereby make a valuable contribution to society and wealth creation.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct. 2019). 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   The underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with a career in manufacturing engineering;
  • K2.   Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
  • K3.   Codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues applicable to a career in manufacturing engineering;
  • K4.   Management techniques to organise manufacturing engineering activities and an understanding of the commercial and economic context of an engineering business;
  • K5.   The importance of sustainable development, legal, ethical and intellectual property issues within the modern industrial world;
  • K6.   The characteristics of engineering materials, manufacturing processes and technologies.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • C1.   Identify a manufacturing related problem, evaluate its requirements and generate innovative solutions that consider a range of constraints including production capabilities, sustainability and economics;
  • C2.   Apply appropriate methods (including analytical and computational methods) to model and assess such solutions;
  • C3.   Apply mathematical and scientific methods to the analysis of manufacturing related problems making appropriate allowance for uncertainty in the available data;
  • C4.   Appreciate the role and constraints of engineers in other disciplines.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   Use appropriate computer software and computational techniques;
  • P2.   Use appropriate laboratory and mechanical workshop equipment competently and safely;
  • P3.   Research information relating to manufacturing technologies and their management;
  • P4.   Prepare engineering drawings and technical reports and give technical presentations;
  • P5.   Demonstrate organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   Apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
  • T2.   Gather and collate key technical information from a range of sources;
  • T3.   Communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T4.   Operate and apply a range of computer based information systems;
  • T5.   Monitor and adjust a personal programme of work on an on-going basis and learn independently;
  • T6.   Work in a team and understand the different roles;
  • T7.   Structure, plan and manage individual and group projects and activities.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules


Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (80 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAA306 Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA102 Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA505 Integrating Studies (Sem1 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA604 Materials & Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA400 Application of CAD for Engineering Designers 10
WSA610 Manufacturing Technology 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA210 Manufacturing Management 10
WSA900 Electronics and Electrical Technology 1 10

 

4.2 Part B  - Degree Modules

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB501 Integrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSB600 Manufacturing Process Technology (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB112 Engineering Science 2 10
WSB310 Engineering and Management Modelling  10
WSB201 Digital Manufacturing and Discrete Event Simulation 10
WSB505 Manufacturing Design 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB206 Statistics 10
WSB203

Manufacturing Planning and Control

10
WSB301 Software Engineering 10
WSB413 Machine Design 10

 

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year

 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4 Part C - Degree Modules  


Students MUST choose 10 credits of options in Semester One and 30 credits in Semester Two.

One Module (10 credits) must be selected from Group A.

Three modules (30 credits) must be selected from Groups B, C and D with no more than ONE module from each group.

Semester 1 and 2 

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC500 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 40

Semester 1


Compulsory Modules  (20 credits)

Code Title Weight
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC600 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 10
WSC407 Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering 10

Optional Modules 

Students should select modules totalling 10 credits

Group A

 

Code Title Credits
WSC201 Oganisation Structure & Strategy 10
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development 10
WSC108 Manufacturing Automation and Control 10

Semester 2


Compulsory Modules  (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD203 Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management 10

Optional Modules (students should select modules totalling 30 credits)

Group B

Code Title Credits
WSC206 Product Innovation Management 10
WSC300 Advanced Computer Aided Design 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC603 Metrology 10
WSC911 Industrial Machine Vision 10

Group D

Code Title Credits
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Engineering 10
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis 10
MPC012 Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture 10


All module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

4.5  Studies Overseas

Students may choose to study Part C - Semester One at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution.  The Mix of subjects of the learning programme must be approved in advance by the Programme Director.

The proposed programme of learning will normally include work on an individual project with a modular weight of 20 credits.

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B, and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and Part C, in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.

Programme Specification

MM BEng (Hons) Manufacturing Engineering (Students Undertaking Part B in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)
Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Final award BEng/ BEng +DIS /BEng + DIntS/ BEng + DPS
Programme title Manufacturing Engineering
Programme code WSUB01
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code H710, HH1T
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

 

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The overall aim of this programme is to develop students with core knowledge, skills and attributes able to work effectively and progress rapidly in manufacturing industries. This is undertaken through taught courses that cover the essential engineering and management disciplines supported by practical and transferable skills development.

Specific aims are:    

•      A1.   To produce engineering graduates ready to play a substantial role in manufacturing companies through a combination of technical, commercial and social awareness.

•      A2.   To provide a foundation for graduates wishing to progress to professional engineering status.

•      A3.   To deliver core subjects in engineering science, mathematics, manufacturing processes and technologies that underpin a career in manufacturing engineering.

•      A4.   To provide a high quality educational experience for students in a programme of study which combines wide ranging aspects of manufacturing technologies, manufacturing management, design for manufacture and engineering design

•      A5.   To develop analytical and transferable skills that will enable graduates to solve problems individually and in teams, and gain employment in a wide variety of professions, and thereby make a valuable contribution to society and wealth creation.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct. 2019). 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   The underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with a career in manufacturing engineering;
  • K2.   Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
  • K3.   Codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues applicable to a career in manufacturing engineering;
  • K4.   Management techniques to organise manufacturing engineering activities and an understanding of the commercial and economic context of an engineering business;
  • K5.   The importance of sustainable development, legal, ethical and intellectual property issues within the modern industrial world;
  • K6.   The characteristics of engineering materials, manufacturing processes and technologies.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • C1.   Identify a manufacturing related problem, evaluate its requirements and generate innovative solutions that consider a range of constraints including production capabilities, sustainability and economics;
  • C2.   Apply appropriate methods (including analytical and computational methods) to model and assess such solutions;
  • C3.   Apply mathematical and scientific methods to the analysis of manufacturing related problems making appropriate allowance for uncertainty in the available data;
  • C4.   Appreciate the role and constraints of engineers in other disciplines.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   Use appropriate computer software and computational techniques;
  • P2.   Use appropriate laboratory and mechanical workshop equipment competently and safely;
  • P3.   Research information relating to manufacturing technologies and their management;
  • P4.   Prepare engineering drawings and technical reports and give technical presentations;
  • P5.   Demonstrate organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   Apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
  • T2.   Gather and collate key technical information from a range of sources;
  • T3.   Communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T4.   Operate and apply a range of computer based information systems;
  • T5.   Monitor and adjust a personal programme of work on an on-going basis and learn independently;
  • T6.   Work in a team and understand the different roles;
  • T7.   Structure, plan and manage individual and group projects and activities.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules


Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (60 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAA306 Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA102 Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA604 Materials & Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA400 Application of CAD for Engineering Designers 10
WSA501 Integrating Studies 1a 10
WSA610 Manufacturing Technology 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA210 Manufacturing Management 10
WSA504 Integrating Studies 10
WSA900 Electronics and Electrical Technology 1 10

 

4.2 Part B  - Degree Modules

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB501 Intergrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSB600 Manufacturing Process Technology (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB112 Engineering Science 2 10
WSB310 Engineering and Management Modelling  10
WSB201 Digital Manufacturing and Discrete Event Simulation 10
WSB505 Manufacturing Design 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB206 Statistics 10
WSB203 Manufacturing Planning and Control 10
WSB301 Software Engineering 10
WSB413 Machine Design 10

 

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year

 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4 Part C - Degree Modules  


Students MUST choose 10 credits of options in Semester One and 30 credits in Semester Two.

One Module (10 credits) must be selected from Group A.

Three modules (30 credits) must be selected from Groups B, C and D with no more than ONE module from each group.

Semester 1 and 2 

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC500 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 40

Semester 1


Compulsory Modules  (20 credits)

Code Title Weight
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC600 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 10
WSC407 Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering 10

Optional Modules  (10 credits)

Group A

 

Code Title Credits
WSC201 Oganisation Structure & Strategy 10
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development 10
WSC108 Manufacturing Automation and Control 10

Semester 2


Compulsory Modules  (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD203 Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management 10

Optional Modules (30 Credits)

Group B

Code Title Credits
WSC206 Product innovation Management 10
WSC300 Advanced Computer Aided Design 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC603 Metrology 10
WSC911 Industrial Machine Vision 10

Group D

Code Title Credits
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Engineering 10
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis 10
MPC012 Ploymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture 10


All module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

4.5  Studies Overseas

Students may choose to study Part C - Semester One at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution.  The mix of subjects of the learning programme must be approved in advance by the Programme Director.

The proposed programme of learning will normally include work on an individual project with a modular weight of 20 credits.

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B, and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and Part C, in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.

Programme Specification

MM BEng (Hons) Manufacturing Engineering (Students Undertaking Part C in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)
Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Final award BEng/ BEng +DIS /BEng + DIntS/ BEng + DPS
Programme title Manufacturing Engineering
Programme code WSUB01
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code H710, HH1T
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

 

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The overall aim of this programme is to develop students with core knowledge, skills and attributes able to work effectively and progress rapidly in manufacturing industries. This is undertaken through taught courses that cover the essential engineering and management disciplines supported by practical and transferable skills development.

Specific aims are:    

•      A1.   To produce engineering graduates ready to play a substantial role in manufacturing companies through a combination of technical, commercial and social awareness.

•      A2.   To provide a foundation for graduates wishing to progress to professional engineering status.

•      A3.   To deliver core subjects in engineering science, mathematics, manufacturing processes and technologies that underpin a career in manufacturing engineering.

•      A4.   To provide a high quality educational experience for students in a programme of study which combines wide ranging aspects of manufacturing technologies, manufacturing management, design for manufacture and engineering design

•      A5.   To develop analytical and transferable skills that will enable graduates to solve problems individually and in teams, and gain employment in a wide variety of professions, and thereby make a valuable contribution to society and wealth creation.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019). 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   The underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with a career in manufacturing engineering;
  • K2.   Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
  • K3.   Codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues applicable to a career in manufacturing engineering;
  • K4.   Management techniques to organise manufacturing engineering activities and an understanding of the commercial and economic context of an engineering business;
  • K5.   The importance of sustainable development, legal, ethical and intellectual property issues within the modern industrial world;
  • K6.   The characteristics of engineering materials, manufacturing processes and technologies.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • C1.   Identify a manufacturing related problem, evaluate its requirements and generate innovative solutions that consider a range of constraints including production capabilities, sustainability and economics;
  • C2.   Apply appropriate methods (including analytical and computational methods) to model and assess such solutions;
  • C3.   Apply mathematical and scientific methods to the analysis of manufacturing related problems making appropriate allowance for uncertainty in the available data;
  • C4.   Appreciate the role and constraints of engineers in other disciplines.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   Use appropriate computer software and computational techniques;
  • P2.   Use appropriate laboratory and mechanical workshop equipment competently and safely;
  • P3.   Research information relating to manufacturing technologies and their management;
  • P4.   Prepare engineering drawings and technical reports and give technical presentations;
  • P5.   Demonstrate organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   Apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
  • T2.   Gather and collate key technical information from a range of sources;
  • T3.   Communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T4.   Operate and apply a range of computer based information systems;
  • T5.   Monitor and adjust a personal programme of work on an on-going basis and learn independently;
  • T6.   Work in a team and understand the different roles;
  • T7.   Structure, plan and manage individual and group projects and activities.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules


Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (60 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAA306 Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA102 Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA604 Materials & Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA400 Application of CAD for Engineering Designers 10
WSA501 Integrating Studies 1a 10
WSA610 Manufacturing Technology 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA210 Manufacturing Management 10
WSA504 Integrating Studies 10
WSA900 Electronics and Electrical Technology 1 10

 

4.2 Part B  - Degree Modules

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB501 Intergrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSB600 Manufacturing Process Technology (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB112 Engineering Science 2 10
WSB310 Engineering and Management Modelling  10
WSB201 Digital Manufacturing and Discrete Event Simulation 10
WSB505 Manufacturing Design 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB206 Statistics 10
WSB203 Manufacturing Planning and Control 10
WSB301 Software Engineering 10
WSB413 Machine Design 10

 

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year

 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4 Part C - Degree Modules  

For those students who undertook a placement during the 19/20 academic year.


Students MUST choose 20 credits of options (O) in Semester One and 30 credits in Semester Two, with no more than ONE module from each group.

 

Semester 1 and 2 

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC500 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 40

Semester 1


Compulsory Modules  (20 credits)

Code Title Weight
WSC600 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 10
WSC407 Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering 10

Optional Modules  (20 credits)

 

Group A

Code Title Credits
WSC606 Additive MAnufacturing for Product Development 10

Group B

Code Title Credits
WSC201 Oganisation Structure & Strategy 10
WSC400 Design for Assembly 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC108 Manufacturing Atomation and Control 10

 

Semester 2


Compulsory Modules  (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD203 Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management 10

Optional Modules (30 Credits)

Group D

Code Title Credits
WSC206 Product innovation Management 10
WSC300 Product Information Systems - Computer Aided Design 10

Group E

Code Title Credits
WSC603 Metrology 10
WSC911 Industrial Machine Vision 10

Group F

Code Title Credits
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Engineering 10
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis 10
MPC012 Ploymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture 10

 

For those students who DID NOT take a placement during the 19/20 academic year.

Students must choose 10 credits of options in Semester One and 30 credits in Semester Two.

One module (10 credits) must be selected from Group A.

Three modules (30 credits) mus be selected from Groups B, C or D with no more than ONE module from each group.

 

Semester 1 and 2 

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC500 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 40

Semester 1


Compulsory Modules  (20 credits)

Code Title Weight
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC600 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 10
WSC407 Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering 10

Optional Modules  (20 credits)

 

Group A

 

Code Title Credits
WSC201 Oganisation Structure & Strategy 10
WSC606 Additive MAnufacturing for Product Development 10
WSC108 Manufacturing Atomation and Control 10

Semester 2


Compulsory Modules  (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD203 Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management 10

Optional Modules (20 Credits)

Group B

Code Title Credits
WSC206 Product innovation Management 10
WSC300 Product Information Systems - Computer Aided Design 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC603 Metrology 10
WSC911 Industrial Machine Vision 10

Group D

Code Title Credits
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Engineering 10
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis 10
MPC012 Ploymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture 10


All module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

4.5  Studies Overseas

Students may choose to study Part C - Semester One at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution.  The Mix of subjects of the learning programme must be approved in advance by the Programme Director.

The proposed programme of learning will normally include work on an individual project with a modular weight of 10 credits.

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B, and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and Part C, in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.

Programme Specification

MM BEng (Hons) Product Design Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Institution of Engineering Designers (IED)

Final award BEng/ BEng + DIS/BEng + DPS/ BEng + DIntS
Programme title Product Design Engineering
Programme code WSUB02
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies, or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code H715 / HH1R
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

This programme seeks to provide a fully accredited engineering degree course that bridges the disciplines of mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering and product design.

The design content is interdisciplinary and applicable to products, processes and systems. It aims to support the acquisition of design engineering skills and provide an integrating theme to develop goal-directed thinking and problem-solving strategies applicable to a wide range of problems.

•    A1.   To deliver systematic knowledge and understanding of key aspects of engineering science, manufacturing engineering, innovation and appropriate management techniques.

•    A2.   To provide opportunities for students to develop appropriate design and project engineering skills.

•    A3.   To develop the ability to solve engineering problems, some complex, using contemporary ideas and techniques.

•    A4.   To enable students to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.

•    A5.   To gain knowledge of human and project management theory.

•    A6.   To provide insight into engineering practice and commercial aspects of engineering.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019). 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to product design and manufacturing engineering;
  • K2.   engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
  • K3.   the design process and design methodologies;
  • K4.   codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues as applicable to a career in product design engineering;
  • K5.   management techniques and business practices and of the commercial and economic context of an engineering business;
  • K6.   intellectual property issues and of environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world;
  • K7.   the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basic mechanical workshop practices.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • C1.   define a design engineering problem and generate innovative solutions;
  • C2.   interpret numerical data and apply mathematical methods to the analysis of engineering design problems;
  • C3.   analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design to product design and development;
  • C4.   demonstrate an awareness of form, function, fit, environment and safety as applied to design and manufacture;
  • C5.   show initiative, innovation and intellect in problem solving.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   manage the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues;
  • P2.   use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
  • P3.   research information, generate and evaluate product design ideas;
  • P4.   communicate product design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer visualisations and conventional sketching;
  • P5.   prepare engineering drawings, computer visualisations and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
  • P6.   demonstrate an understanding of manufacturing technology in relation to design and production;
  • P7.   demonstrate basic organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
  • T2.   apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
  • T3.   communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T4.   design and implement basic computer-based information systems;
  • T5.   work independently;
  • T6.   work in a team;
  • T7.   organise and manage time and resources effectively.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (100 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAA306 Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA102 Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA401 Product Design (Ergonomics and Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA505 Integrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA604 Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA400 Application of CAD for Engineering Designers 10

Semester 2


Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA900 Electronic and Electrical Technology 1 10

 

4.2    Part B - Degree Modules 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules  (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB501 Integrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSB504 Application of Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits)

20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules  (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB112 Engineering Science 2 10
WSB310 Engineering and Management Modelling 10
WSB400 Industrial Design 10
WSB610 Manufacturing Technology 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules  (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB206 Statistics 10
WSB210 Manufacturing Management 10
WSB301 Software Engineering 10
WSB413 MAchine Design 10

 

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year 

 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

  

4.4    Part C - Degree Modules

Students MUST choose 20 credits of optional modules (O) in Semester One.

Students MUST choose 40 credits of optional modules (O) in Semester Two, with no more than 10 credits from each group. 

 Semester 1 and 2


Compulsory Modules (40 Credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC501 individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 40

Semester 1


Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Enigineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC407 Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering 10

Optional Modules  (students should select modules totalling 20 credits)

Code  Title   Credits
WSC201 Organisational Structure & Strategy 10
WSC401 Design Methods and Communication 10
WSC600 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 10
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing and Product Development 10
WSC900

Computer Control and Instrumentation

10

 

Semester 2


Optional Modules  (Students should select modules totalling 30 credits, with no mored that 10 from each group)

 

Group A

Code Title Credits
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis 10
MPC012 Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture 10

 

Group B

Code Title Credits
WSC203 Manufacturing Planning & Control 10
WSC206 Product Innovation Management 10

 

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC300 Advanced Computer Aided Design 10
WSC603 Metrology 10

 

 

Group D

Code Title Credits
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Engineering 10

 

Group E

Code Title Credits
WSC911 Industrial Machine Vision 10

 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

4.5    Study Overseas 

Students may choose to study Part C – Semester 1 at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution.  The mix of subjects of the learning programme must be approved in advance by the Programme Director.  The proposed programme of learning will normally include work on an Individual Project with a modular weight of 20.

 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B, and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Part B and Part C, in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.

Programme Specification

MM BEng (Hons) Product Design Engineering (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Institution of Engineering Designers (IED)

Final award BEng/ BEng + DIS/BEng + DPS/ BEng + DInts
Programme title Product Design Engineering
Programme code WSUB02
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies, or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code H715 / HH1R
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

This programme seeks to provide a fully accredited engineering degree course that bridges the disciplines of mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering and product design.

The design content is interdisciplinary and applicable to products, processes and systems. It aims to support the acquisition of design engineering skills and provide an integrating theme to develop goal-directed thinking and problem-solving strategies applicable to a wide range of problems.

•    A1.   To deliver systematic knowledge and understanding of key aspects of engineering science, manufacturing engineering, innovation and appropriate management techniques.

•    A2.   To provide opportunities for students to develop appropriate design and project engineering skills.

•    A3.   To develop the ability to solve engineering problems, some complex, using contemporary ideas and techniques.

•    A4.   To enable students to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.

•    A5.   To gain knowledge of human and project management theory.

•    A6.   To provide insight into engineering practice and commercial aspects of engineering.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019). 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to product design and manufacturing engineering;
  • K2.   engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
  • K3.   the design process and design methodologies;
  • K4.   codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues as applicable to a career in product design engineering;
  • K5.   management techniques and business practices and of the commercial and economic context of an engineering business;
  • K6.   intellectual property issues and of environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world;
  • K7.   the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basic mechanical workshop practices.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • C1.   define a design engineering problem and generate innovative solutions;
  • C2.   interpret numerical data and apply mathematical methods to the analysis of engineering design problems;
  • C3.   analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design to product design and development;
  • C4.   demonstrate an awareness of form, function, fit, environment and safety as applied to design and manufacture;
  • C5.   show initiative, innovation and intellect in problem solving.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   manage the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues;
  • P2.   use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
  • P3.   research information, generate and evaluate product design ideas;
  • P4.   communicate product design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer visualisations and conventional sketching;
  • P5.   prepare engineering drawings, computer visualisations and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
  • P6.   demonstrate an understanding of manufacturing technology in relation to design and production;
  • P7.   demonstrate basic organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
  • T2.   apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
  • T3.   communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T4.   design and implement basic computer-based information systems;
  • T5.   work independently;
  • T6.   work in a team;
  • T7.   organise and manage time and resources effectively.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (80 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAA306 Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA102 Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA401 Product Design (Ergonomics and Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA604 Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA400 Application of CAD for Engineering Designers 10
WSA501 Intergrating Studies

10

Semester 2


Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA504 Intergrating Studies 1b 10
WSA900 Electronic and Electrical Technology 1 10

 

4.2    Part B - Degree Modules 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules  (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB501 Intergrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSB504 Application of Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits)

20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules  (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB112 Engineering Science 2 10
WSB310 Engineering and Management Modelling 10
WSB400 Industrial Design 10
WSB610 Manufacturing Technology 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules  (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB206 Statistics 10
WSB210 Manufacturing Management 10
WSB301 Software Engineering 10
WSB413 Machine Design 10

 

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year 

 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

  

4.4    Part C - Degree Modules

Students MUST choose 20 credits of optional modules (O) in Semester One.

Students MUST choose 40 credits of optional modules (O) in Semester Two, with no more than 10 credits from each group. 

 Semester 1 and 2


Compulsory Modules (40 Credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC501 individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 40

Semester 1


Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Enigineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC407 Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering 10

Optional Modules  (students should select modules totalling 20 credits)

Code  Title   Credits
WSC201 Organisational Structure & Strategy 10
WSC401 Design Methods and Communication 10
WSC600 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 10
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing and Product Development 10
WSC900

Computer Control and Instrumentation

10

 

Semester 2


Optional Modules  (Students should select modules totalling 40 credits, with no more that 10 from each group)

 

Group A

Code Title Credits
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis 10
MPC012 Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture 10

 

Group B

Code Title Credits
WSC203 Manufacturing Planning & Control 10
WSC206 Product Innovation Management 10

 

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC300 Advanced Computer Aided Design 10
WSC603 Metrology 10

 

 

Group D

Code Title Credits
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Engineering 10

 

Group E

Code Title Credits
WSC911 Industrial Machine Vision 10

 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

4.5    Study Overseas 

Students may choose to study Part C – Semester 1 at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution.  The mix of subjects of the learning programme must be approved in advance by the Programme Director.  The proposed programme of learning will normally include work on an Individual Project with a modular weight of 20.

 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B, and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark. 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Part B and Part C, in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.

Programme Specification

MM BEng (Hons) Product Design Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Institution of Engineering Designers (IED)

Final award BEng/ BEng + DIS/BEng + DPS/ BEng + DInts
Programme title Product Design Engineering
Programme code WSUB02
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies, or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code H715 / HH1R
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

This programme seeks to provide a fully accredited engineering degree course that bridges the disciplines of mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering and product design.

The design content is interdisciplinary and applicable to products, processes and systems. It aims to support the acquisition of design engineering skills and provide an integrating theme to develop goal-directed thinking and problem-solving strategies applicable to a wide range of problems.

•    A1.   To deliver systematic knowledge and understanding of key aspects of engineering science, manufacturing engineering, innovation and appropriate management techniques.

•    A2.   To provide opportunities for students to develop appropriate design and project engineering skills.

•    A3.   To develop the ability to solve engineering problems, some complex, using contemporary ideas and techniques.

•    A4.   To enable students to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.

•    A5.   To gain knowledge of human and project management theory.

•    A6.   To provide insight into engineering practice and commercial aspects of engineering.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019). 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to product design and manufacturing engineering;
  • K2.   engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
  • K3.   the design process and design methodologies;
  • K4.   codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues as applicable to a career in product design engineering;
  • K5.   management techniques and business practices and of the commercial and economic context of an engineering business;
  • K6.   intellectual property issues and of environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world;
  • K7.   the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basic mechanical workshop practices.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • C1.   define a design engineering problem and generate innovative solutions;
  • C2.   interpret numerical data and apply mathematical methods to the analysis of engineering design problems;
  • C3.   analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design to product design and development;
  • C4.   demonstrate an awareness of form, function, fit, environment and safety as applied to design and manufacture;
  • C5.   show initiative, innovation and intellect in problem solving.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   manage the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues;
  • P2.   use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
  • P3.   research information, generate and evaluate product design ideas;
  • P4.   communicate product design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer visualisations and conventional sketching;
  • P5.   prepare engineering drawings, computer visualisations and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
  • P6.   demonstrate an understanding of manufacturing technology in relation to design and production;
  • P7.   demonstrate basic organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
  • T2.   apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
  • T3.   communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T4.   design and implement basic computer-based information systems;
  • T5.   work independently;
  • T6.   work in a team;
  • T7.   organise and manage time and resources effectively.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (80 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAA306 Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA102 Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA401 Product Design (Ergonomics and Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA604 Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA400 Application of CAD for Engineering Designers 10
WSA501 Intergrating Studies 1a

10

Semester 2


Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA504 Intergrating Studies 1b 10
WSA900 Electronic and Electrical Technology 1 10

 

4.2    Part B - Degree Modules 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules  (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB501 Intergrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSB504 Application of Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits)

20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules  (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB112 Engineering Science 2 10
WSB310 Engineering and Management Modelling 10
WSB400 Industrial Design 10
WSB610 Manufacturing Technology 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules  (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB206 Statistics 10
WSB210 Manufacturing Management 10
WSB301 Software Engineering 10
WSB413 MAchine Design 10

 

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year 

 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

  

4.4    Part C - Degree Modules

Students MUST choose 20 credits of optional modules (O) in Semester One.

Students MUST choose 40 credits of optional modules (O) in Semester Two, with no more than 10 credits from each group. 

 Semester 1 and 2


Compulsory Modules (40 Credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC501 individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 40

Semester 1


Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Enigineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC407 Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering 10

Optional Modules  (students should select modules totalling 20 credits)

Code  Title   Credits
WSC400 Design for Assembly 10
WSC201 Organisational Structure & Strategy 10
WSC401 Design Methods and Communication 10
WSC600 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 10
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing and Product Development 10
WSC900

Computer Control and Instrumentation

10

 

Semester 2


Optional Modules  (Students should select modules totalling 30 credits, with no mored that 10 from each group)

 

Group A

Code Title Credits
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis 10
MPC012 Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture 10

 

Group B

Code Title Credits
WSC203 Manufacturing Planning & Control 10
WSC206 Product Innovation Management 10

 

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC300 Product information Systems - Computer Aided Design 10
WSC603 Metrology 10

 

 

Group D

Code Title Credits
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Engineering 10

 

Group E

Code Title Credits
WSC911 Industrial Machine Vision 10

 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

4.5    Study Overseas 

Students may choose to study Part C – Semester 1 at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution.  The mix of subjects of the learning programme must be approved in advance by the Programme Director.  The proposed programme of learning will normally include work on an Individual Project with a modular weight of 20.

 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B, and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Part B and Part C, in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.

Programme Specification

MM BEng (Hons) Mechanical Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Final award BEng /BEng DIS/BEng DPS /BEng DIntS
Programme title Mechanical Engineering
Programme code WSUB03
Length of programme The duration of the programme is either 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if the students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code H300, H301
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

This fully accredited degree programme delivers the technical and business skills that are required for a successful career as a professional mechanical engineer. The curriculum has been designed to meet the needs of industry; providing a strong academic foundation while inspiring students to be creative and communicate their ideas clearly by way of industrially based design projects. On completion of the programme, students will have acquired a broad base of engineering knowledge and experience.  They will be self-reliant and able to contribute productively in team situations. The programme provides the flexibility for students to choose a wide variety of career paths and specialisms in their final year.

Aims:

  • A1.  To prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Mechanical Engineering across a range of industries and activities including design, development, and analysis of complex systems;
  • A2.  To provide a high quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the necessary technical skills to understand mechanical systems and solve engineering problems;
  • A3.  To promote high quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems;
  • A4.  To develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers;
  • A5.  To impart an appreciation of the essential practical and commercial, ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints of professional engineering;
  • A6.  To support personal and professional development and foster creativity, develop design capability and teach the communication skills necessary to put ideas into practice.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019) 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014 

 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   The underpinning scientific mathematical and engineering principles associated  with mechanical engineering;
  • K2.   The characteristics of engineering material, equipment and processes and an awareness of basic mechanical workshop practices;
  • K3.   Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
  • K4.   Relevant codes of Practice and regulatory framework and operational practices for sale, operation of engineering processes;
  • K5.   Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers;
  • K6.   Principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
  • K7.   Management techniques and an understanding of the commercial and economic context of the engineering business;

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • C1.   Use the principles of engineering science in developing solutions to practical mechanical engineering problems;
  • C2.   Create new engineering components and processes through the synthesis of ideas from a range of sources using appropriate design principles, techniques and codes of practice;
  • C3.   Integrate, evaluate and make use of information from a wide variety of sources including other engineering disciplines;
  • C4.   Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues and show the ability to assess risk;
  • C5.   Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   Apply computer-based and mathematical methods to the modelling and analysis of engineering systems, components and products;
  • P2.   Define and solve practical engineering problems;
  • P3.   Use laboratory and basic workshop equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
  • P4.   Demonstrate the ability to manage the design process;
  • P5.   Prepare mechanical engineering drawings, computer graphics and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
  • P6.   Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P7.   Demonstrate the ability to work with technical uncertainty;
  • P8.   Demonstrate basic organisational and project management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   Demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
  • T2.   Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • T3.   Select and analyse appropriate engineering techniques and tools;
  • T4.   Communicate effectively by means of technical reports, papers, graphical aids, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T5.   Design and implement basic computer based information systems;
  • T6.   Develop work plans, take responsibility for its execution, organise and manage time and resources effectively;
  • T7.   Plan self-learning and improve performance, as the foundation for lifelong learning/CPD.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (100 credits)

Code Title Weight
MAA310 Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA101 Statics and Dynamics (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA508 Engineering Principles and Professional Skills (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA604 Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA800 Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA901 Electronic Systems for Mechanical Processes 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA100 Mechanics of Materials 10


4.2 Part B  - Degree
Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB300 Engineering Computation (Sem 1:5 Credits; Sem 2: 5 Credits) 10
WSB500 Application of Engineering Design: Industry Based Project (Sem 1: 5 Credits; Sem 2: 5 Credits) 10

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Weight
MAB110 Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering 3 10
WSB100 Mechanics of Materials 2 10
WSB101 Engineering Dynamics 2 10
WSB104 Control Engineering 10
WSB800 Thermodynamics 2 10

Semester 2 

Compulsory Modules (50 Credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB045 Electrical Power and Machines 10
WSB403 Design of Machine Elements 10
WSB404 Computer Aided Design, Manufacture and Test (CADMAT) 10
WSB801 Heat Transfer 10
WSB802 Fluid Mechanics 2 10

 

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4 Part C - Degree Modules  

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC500 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 Credits; Sem 2: 20 Credits) 40

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC504 Applied Engineering Design and Analysis 10

Optional Modules
Students MUST choose 20 credits of options in Semester One and 30 credits in Semester Two.

TWO modules (20 credits) must be selected from Group A or Group B (both from the same group), OR ONE module from Group A or B and ONE module from Group C.

TWO or THREE modules (total 30 credits) must be selected from Group D, E, F or G.  No more than ONE module must be selected from each group. 

Group A 

Code Title Credits Semester
WSC801 Advanced Heat Transfer 10 1
WSC804 Energy System Analysis 10 1
WSC910 Laser Materials Processing 10 1

Group B

Code Title Credits Semester
WSC104 Robotics and Control 10 1
WSC107 Contacts Mechanics: Tribology 10 1
WSC900 Computer Control and Instrumentation 10 1

Group C

Code Title Credits Semester
WSC602 Sustainable Engineering 10 1
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development 10 1

 Group D

Code Title Credits Semester
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis 10 2
WSC802 Computation Fluid Dynamics 1 10 2
MPC012 Polymer Engineering - Processing & Manufacture 10 2

Group E

Code Title Credits Semester
WSC101 Vibration and Noise 10 1
WSC105 Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery 10 2

Group F

Code Title Credits Semester
WSC301 Computer Aided Engineering 10 2
WSC800 Internal Combustion Engines 20 2
WSC803 Ballistics and Rocket Propulsion 10 2
MPC014 Materials in Service 10 2
MPC102 Fracture and Failure 10 2

Group G

Code Title Credits Semester
WSC911 Industrial Machine Vision 10 2

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 

4.5  Studies Overseas

Students may choose to study Semester 1 (only) during their Part D, at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution.  The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the programme director for their course.  An acceptable learning programme should, where possible, include a group project and studies at an advanced/masters level. 

 

                      

 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to Part C and be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and Part C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio Part B - 40 : Part C - 60 to determine the degree classification.

Programme Specification

MM BEng (Hons) Mechanical Engineering (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Final award BEng /BEng DIS/BEng DPS /BEng DInts
Programme title Mechanical Engineering
Programme code WSUB03
Length of programme The duration of the programme is either 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if the students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code H300, H301
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

This fully accredited degree programme delivers the technical and business skills that are required for a successful career as a professional mechanical engineer. The curriculum has been designed to meet the needs of industry; providing a strong academic foundation while inspiring students to be creative and communicate their ideas clearly by way of industrially based design projects. On completion of the programme, students will have acquired a broad base of engineering knowledge and experience.  They will be self-reliant and able to contribute productively in team situations. The programme provides the flexibility for students to choose a wide variety of career paths and specialisms in their final year.

Aims:

  • A1.  To prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Mechanical Engineering across a range of industries and activities including design, development, and analysis of complex systems;
  • A2.  To provide a high quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the necessary technical skills to understand mechanical systems and solve engineering problems;
  • A3.  To promote high quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems;
  • A4.  To develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers;
  • A5.  To impart an appreciation of the essential practical and commercial, ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints of professional engineering;
  • A6.  To support personal and professional development and foster creativity, develop design capability and teach the communication skills necessary to put ideas into practice.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct.2019) 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014 

 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   The underpinning scientific mathematical and engineering principles associated  with mechanical engineering;
  • K2.   The characteristics of engineering material, equipment and processes and an awareness of basic mechanical workshop practices;
  • K3.   Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
  • K4.   Relevant codes of Practice and regulatory framework and operational practices for sale, operation of engineering processes;
  • K5.   Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers;
  • K6.   Principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
  • K7.   Management techniques and an understanding of the commercial and economic context of the engineering business;

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • C1.   Use the principles of engineering science in developing solutions to practical mechanical engineering problems;
  • C2.   Create new engineering components and processes through the synthesis of ideas from a range of sources using appropriate design principles, techniques and codes of practice;
  • C3.   Integrate, evaluate and make use of information from a wide variety of sources including other engineering disciplines;
  • C4.   Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues and show the ability to assess risk;
  • C5.   Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   Apply computer-based and mathematical methods to the modelling and analysis of engineering systems, components and products;
  • P2.   Define and solve practical engineering problems;
  • P3.   Use laboratory and basic workshop equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
  • P4.   Demonstrate the ability to manage the design process;
  • P5.   Prepare mechanical engineering drawings, computer graphics and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
  • P6.   Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P7.   Demonstrate the ability to work with technical uncertainty;
  • P8.   Demonstrate basic organisational and project management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   Demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
  • T2.   Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • T3.   Select and analyse appropriate engineering techniques and tools;
  • T4.   Communicate effectively by means of technical reports, papers, graphical aids, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T5.   Design and implement basic computer based information systems;
  • T6.   Develop work plans, take responsibility for its execution, organise and manage time and resources effectively;
  • T7.   Plan self-learning and improve performance, as the foundation for lifelong learning/CPD.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (100 credits)

Code Title Weight
MAA310 Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA101 Statics and Dynamics (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA508 Engineering Principles and Professional Skills (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA604 Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA800 Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA901 Electronic Systems for Mechanical Processes 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA100 Mechanics of Materials 10


4.2 Part B  - Degree
Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB300 Engineering Computation (Sem 1:5 Credits; Sem 2: 5 Credits) 10
WSB500 Application of Engineering Design: Industry Based Project (Sem 1: 5 Credits; Sem 2: 5 Credits) 10

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Weight
MAB110 Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering 3 10
WSB100 Mechanics of Materials 2 10
WSB101 Engineering Dynamics 2 10
WSB104 Control Engineering 10
WSB800 Thermodynamics 2 10

Semester 2 

Compulsory Modules (50 Credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB045 Electrical Power and Machines 10
WSB403 Design of Machine Elements 10
WSB404 Computer Aided Design, Manufacture and Test (CADMAT) 10
WSB801 Heat Transfer 10
WSB802 Fluid Mechanics 2 10

 

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4 Part C - Degree Modules  

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC500 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 Credits; Sem 2: 20 Credits) 40

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC504 Applied Engineering Design and Analysis 10

Optional Modules
Students MUST choose 20 credits of options in Semester One and 40 credits in Semester Two.

TWO modules (20 credits) must be selected from Group A or Group B (both from the same group), OR ONE module from Group A or B and ONE module from Group C.

THREE or FOUR modules (total 40 credits) must be selected from Group D, E, F or G.  No more than ONE module must be selected from each group. 

Semester 1

Optional modules (20 credits)

Group A 

Code Title Credits
WSC801 Advanced Heat Transfer 10
WSC804 Energy System Analysis 10
WSC910 Laser Materials Processing 10

Group B

Code Title Credits
WSC104 Robotics and Control 10
WSC107 Contacts Mechanics: Tribology 10
WSC900 Laser Material Processing 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC602 Sustainable Engineering 10
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development 10

Semester 2 

Optional modules (40 credits)

Group D

Code Title Credits
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis 10
WSC802 Computation Fluid Dynamics 1 10

Group E

Code Title Credits
WSC101 Vibration and Noise 10
WSC105 Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery 10

Group F

Code Title Credits
WSC031 Computer Aided Engineering 10
WSC800 Internal Combustion Engines 20
WSC803 Ballistics and Rocket Propulsion 10
MPC102 Fracture and Failure 10

Group G

Code Title Credits
MPC012 Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture 10
MPC014 Materials in Service 10
WSC911 Industrial Machine Vision 10

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 

 

                      

 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to Part C and be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark. 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and Part C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio Part B - 40 : Part C - 60 to determine the degree classification.

Programme Specification

MM BEng (Hons) Mechanical Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Final award BEng /BEng DIS/BEng DPS /BEng DInts
Programme title Mechanical Engineering
Programme code WSUB03
Length of programme The duration of the programme is either 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if the students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code H300, H301
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

This fully accredited degree programme delivers the technical and business skills that are required for a successful career as a professional mechanical engineer. The curriculum has been designed to meet the needs of industry; providing a strong academic foundation while inspiring students to be creative and communicate their ideas clearly by way of industrially based design projects. On completion of the programme, students will have acquired a broad base of engineering knowledge and experience.  They will be self-reliant and able to contribute productively in team situations. The programme provides the flexibility for students to choose a wide variety of career paths and specialisms in their final year.

Aims:

  • A1.  To prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Mechanical Engineering across a range of industries and activities including design, development, and analysis of complex systems;
  • A2.  To provide a high quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the necessary technical skills to understand mechanical systems and solve engineering problems;
  • A3.  To promote high quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems;
  • A4.  To develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers;
  • A5.  To impart an appreciation of the essential practical and commercial, ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints of professional engineering;
  • A6.  To support personal and professional development and foster creativity, develop design capability and teach the communication skills necessary to put ideas into practice.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct.2019) 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014 

 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   The underpinning scientific mathematical and engineering principles associated  with mechanical engineering;
  • K2.   The characteristics of engineering material, equipment and processes and an awareness of basic mechanical workshop practices;
  • K3.   Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
  • K4.   Relevant codes of Practice and regulatory framework and operational practices for sale, operation of engineering processes;
  • K5.   Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers;
  • K6.   Principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
  • K7.   Management techniques and an understanding of the commercial and economic context of the engineering business;

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • C1.   Use the principles of engineering science in developing solutions to practical mechanical engineering problems;
  • C2.   Create new engineering components and processes through the synthesis of ideas from a range of sources using appropriate design principles, techniques and codes of practice;
  • C3.   Integrate, evaluate and make use of information from a wide variety of sources including other engineering disciplines;
  • C4.   Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues and show the ability to assess risk;
  • C5.   Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   Apply computer-based and mathematical methods to the modelling and analysis of engineering systems, components and products;
  • P2.   Define and solve practical engineering problems;
  • P3.   Use laboratory and basic workshop equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
  • P4.   Demonstrate the ability to manage the design process;
  • P5.   Prepare mechanical engineering drawings, computer graphics and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
  • P6.   Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P7.   Demonstrate the ability to work with technical uncertainty;
  • P8.   Demonstrate basic organisational and project management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   Demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
  • T2.   Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • T3.   Select and analyse appropriate engineering techniques and tools;
  • T4.   Communicate effectively by means of technical reports, papers, graphical aids, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T5.   Design and implement basic computer based information systems;
  • T6.   Develop work plans, take responsibility for its execution, organise and manage time and resources effectively;
  • T7.   Plan self-learning and improve performance, as the foundation for lifelong learning/CPD.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (100 credits)

Code Title Weight
MAA310 Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA101 Statics and Dynamics (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA508 Engineering Principles and Professional Skills (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA604 Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA800 Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA901 Electronic Systems for Mechanical Processes 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA100 Mechanics of Materials 10


4.2 Part B  - Degree
Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB300 Engineering Computation (Sem 1:5 Credits; Sem 2: 5 Credits) 10
WSB500 Application of Engineering Design: Industry Based Project (Sem 1: 5 Credits; Sem 2: 5 Credits) 10

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Weight
MAB110 Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering 3 10
WSB100 Mechanics of Materials 2 10
WSB104 Control Engineering 10
WSB800 Thermodynamics 2 10

Semester 2 

Compulsory Modules (50 Credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB045 Electrical Power and Machines 10
WSB403 Design of Machine Elements 10
WSB404 Computer Aided Design, Manufacture and Test (CADMAT) 10
WSB801 Heat Transfer 10
WSB802 Fluid Mechanics 2 10

 

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4 Part C - Degree Modules  

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC500 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 Credits; Sem 2: 20 Credits) 40

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC504 Applied Engineering Design and Analysis 10

Optional Modules
Students MUST choose 20 credits of options in Semester One and 40 credits in Semester Two.

TWO modules (20 credits) must be selected from Group A or Group B (both from the same group), OR ONE module from Group A or B and ONE module from Group C.

THREE or FOUR modules (total 40 credits) must be selected from Group D, E, F or G.  No more than ONE module must be selected from each group. 

Semester 1

Optional modules (20 credits)

 

Group A 

Code Title Credits
WSC801 Advanced Heat Transfer 10
WSC804 Energy System Analysis 10
WSC910 Laser Materials Processing 10

Group B

Code Title Credits
WSC104 Robotics and Control 10
WSC107 Contacts Mechanics: Tribology 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC602 Sustainable Engineering 10
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development 10

Semester 2 

Optional modules (40 credits)

Group D

Code Title Credits
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis 10
WSC802 Computation Fluid Dynamics 1 10

Group E

Code Title Credits
WSC101 Vibration and Noise 10
WSC105 Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery 10

Group F

Code Title Credits
WSC031 Computer Aided Engineering 10
WSC800 Internal Combustion Engines 20
WSC803 Ballistics and Rocket Propulsion 10
MPC102 Fracture and Failure 10

Group G

Code Title Credits
MPC012 Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture 10
MPC014 Materials in Service 10
WSC911 Industrial Machine Vision 10

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 

                      

 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to Part C and be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates' final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B and Part C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio Part B - 40 : Part C - 60 to determine the degree classification.

Programme Specification

MM BEng (Hons) Engineering Management (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Final award BEng / BEng + DPS / BEng + DIS / BEng + DIntS
Programme title Engineering Management
Programme code WSUB04
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, Diploma of Professional Studies or the Diploma of International Studies.
UCAS code N290/N291
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

This programme is aimed at:

  • A1.   Educating engineering management graduates ready to play a substantial role in industrial  companies through a substantive base of knowledge and understanding at the forefront of the discipline of engineering and manufacturing.
  • A2.   Providing a foundation for graduates wishing to progress to professional engineering management status.
  • A3.   Providing a high quality educational experience for students in a programme of study which combines wide ranging aspects of engineering design and technologies, management models and methodologies, marketing, finance, and business in engineering.
  • A4.   Preparing graduates to apply organisational and project management, team building, and leadership skills in engineering.
  • A5.   Developing analytical and transferable skills that will enable graduates to gain employment in a wide variety of professional roles and to take an ethical approach in making a valuable contribution to society.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019). 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   the engineering principles and their application to the analysis of key engineering processes;
  • K2.   the application of quantitative, analytical, modelling and computational methods in order to identify, classify and describe the performance of systems and components and to solve engineering problems and to implement appropriate actions;
  • K3.   the requirement for engineering activities to promote sustainable development and the application of quantitative techniques where appropriate;
  • K4.   working with information that may be incomplete or uncertain and quantify the effect of this on the design;
  • K5.   the evaluation of business, customer and user needs, including considerations such as the wider engineering context, public perception and aesthetics;
  • K6.   the engineering and business problems, identifying any constraints including environmental and sustainability limitations; ethical, health, safety, security and risk issues, intellectual property; codes of practice and standards;
  • K7.   the commercial, economic and social context of engineering processes;
  • K8.   the management techniques, including project management, that may be used to achieve engineering objectives, including the planning and managing the design process, including cost drivers, and evaluate outcomes;
  • K9.   awareness of relevant legal requirements governing engineering activities, including personnel, health & safety, contract, intellectual property rights, product safety and liability issues;
  • K10.   the risk issues, including health & safety, environmental and commercial risk, and risk assessment and risk management techniques.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • C1.   appreciate the broad range of influences and activities within the engineering processes and explain their significance;
  • C2.   evaluate technical and commercial risk and make decision based on available information;
  • C3.   address human factors considerations in engineering processes and design;
  • C4.   analyse engineering problems to assist in the management of engineering processes;
  • C5.   identify solutions to engineering problems from a sustainable/environmental standpoint;
  • C6.   contribute to the innovation development of a new product and its introduction to the market.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   use the design and manufacturing processes to plan and manage engineering  projects;
  • P2.   plan and implement re-organisation of a company for increased effectiveness;
  • P3.   make effective use of graphical and modelling techniques for design development and communication;
  • P4.   adopt strategies for non-quantifiable engineering issues;
  • P5.   select suitable computer based techniques for engineering management problems;
  • P6.   generate new ideas and develop and evaluate a range of solutions;
  • P7.   knowledge of characteristics of particular materials, equipment, processes or products;
  • P8.   knowledge of relevant legal and contractual issues;
  • P9.   understanding of appropriate codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P10.  awareness of quality issues and their application to continuous improvement;
  • P11.  understanding of, and the ability to work in, different roles within an engineering team.

 

c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:

  • T1.   plan and monitor multi-disciplinary projects;
  • T2.   appreciate the central role of management within engineering;
  • T3.   communicate effectively and make presentations of a technical/business nature to achieve maximum impact;
  • T4.   identify methods to assist in innovation, team-working and engineering communication;
  • T5.   demonstrate competence in using computer based engineering techniques;
  • T6.   adopt systematic approach to integrating design requirements, materials and structures;
  • T7.   use time and resources effectively;
  • T8.   exercise initiative and personal responsibility, which may be as a team member or leader.

 

 

 

4. Programme structure

4.1  Part A – Introductory Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (80 credits)

Code Title Modular Weight
MAA307 Engineering Mathematics (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA102 Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA505 Integrating Studies (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA604 Materials & Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules (20 Credits)

Code Title Credits
BSA505 Organisational Behaviour 10
WSA400 MAnufacturing Design 1 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA210 Manufacturing Management 10
WSA900  Electronics and Electrical Technology 10

 

4.2  Part B - Degree Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code  Title Credits
WSB600 Manufacturing Process and Technology (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Modular Weight
BSB030 Marketing 10
WSB201 Digital Manufacturing and Discrete Event Simulation 10
WSB310 Engineering and Management Modelling 10
WSB505 Manufacturing Design 10
WSB610 Manufacturing Technology 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10
MAB206 Statistics 10
WSB301 Software Engineering 10
WSB203 Manufactuing Planning and Control 10
WSB204 Management of the Human Resource 10

 

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year

 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4    Part C - Degree Modules 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC500 Individual Project (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 30 Credits) 40

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules  (40 Credits)

Code Title Modular Weight
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance Law and Quality 10
WSC201 Organisational Structure & Strategy 10
WSC407 Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering 10
WSD207 Project Management 10

 

Semester 2

 

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

 

Code Title Credits
WSC206 Sport Equipment Industry 10
WSD203 Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management 10
WSD606 Industrial Sustainability 10

 

Optional Modules (Students should select modules totalling 10 credits)

 

Code Title Credits
WSC300 Advanced Computer Aided Design 10
WSC603 Metrology 10
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Engineering 10

 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 4.5    Study Overseas 

Students may choose to study Part C – Semester 1 at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution.  The mix of subjects of the learning programme must be approved in advance by the Programme Director.  The proposed programme of learning will include work on an Individual Project. 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark. 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Part B and Part C, in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.

Programme Specification

MM BEng (Hons) Engineering Management (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Final award BEng / BEng + DPS / BEng + DIS / BEng + DInts
Programme title Engineering Management
Programme code WSUB04
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, Diploma of Professional Studies or the Diploma of International Studies.
UCAS code N290/N291
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

This programme is aimed at:

  • A1.   Educating engineering management graduates ready to play a substantial role in industrial  companies through a substantive base of knowledge and understanding at the forefront of the discipline of engineering and manufacturing.
  • A2.   Providing a foundation for graduates wishing to progress to professional engineering management status.
  • A3.   Providing a high quality educational experience for students in a programme of study which combines wide ranging aspects of engineering design and technologies, management models and methodologies, marketing, finance, and business in engineering.
  • A4.   Preparing graduates to apply organisational and project management, team building, and leadership skills in engineering.
  • A5.   Developing analytical and transferable skills that will enable graduates to gain employment in a wide variety of professional roles and to take an ethical approach in making a valuable contribution to society.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Feb.2015). 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   the engineering principles and their application to the analysis of key engineering processes;
  • K2.   the application of quantitative, analytical, modelling and computational methods in order to identify, classify and describe the performance of systems and components and to solve engineering problems and to implement appropriate actions;
  • K3.   the requirement for engineering activities to promote sustainable development and the application of quantitative techniques where appropriate;
  • K4.   working with information that may be incomplete or uncertain and quantify the effect of this on the design;
  • K5.   the evaluation of business, customer and user needs, including considerations such as the wider engineering context, public perception and aesthetics;
  • K6.   the engineering and business problems, identifying any constraints including environmental and sustainability limitations; ethical, health, safety, security and risk issues, intellectual property; codes of practice and standards;
  • K7.   the commercial, economic and social context of engineering processes;
  • K8.   the management techniques, including project management, that may be used to achieve engineering objectives, including the planning and managing the design process, including cost drivers, and evaluate outcomes;
  • K9.   awareness of relevant legal requirements governing engineering activities, including personnel, health & safety, contract, intellectual property rights, product safety and liability issues;
  • K10.   the risk issues, including health & safety, environmental and commercial risk, and risk assessment and risk management techniques.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • C1.   appreciate the broad range of influences and activities within the engineering processes and explain their significance;
  • C2.   evaluate technical and commercial risk and make decision based on available information;
  • C3.   address human factors considerations in engineering processes and design;
  • C4.   analyse engineering problems to assist in the management of engineering processes;
  • C5.   identify solutions to engineering problems from a sustainable/environmental standpoint;
  • C6.   contribute to the innovation development of a new product and its introduction to the market.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   use the design and manufacturing processes to plan and manage engineering  projects;
  • P2.   plan and implement re-organisation of a company for increased effectiveness;
  • P3.   make effective use of graphical and modelling techniques for design development and communication;
  • P4.   adopt strategies for non-quantifiable engineering issues;
  • P5.   select suitable computer based techniques for engineering management problems;
  • P6.   generate new ideas and develop and evaluate a range of solutions;
  • P7.   knowledge of characteristics of particular materials, equipment, processes or products;
  • P8.   knowledge of relevant legal and contractual issues;
  • P9.   understanding of appropriate codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P10.  awareness of quality issues and their application to continuous improvement;
  • P11.  understanding of, and the ability to work in, different roles within an engineering team.

 

c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:

  • T1.   plan and monitor multi-disciplinary projects;
  • T2.   appreciate the central role of management within engineering;
  • T3.   communicate effectively and make presentations of a technical/business nature to achieve maximum impact;
  • T4.   identify methods to assist in innovation, team-working and engineering communication;
  • T5.   demonstrate competence in using computer based engineering techniques;
  • T6.   adopt systematic approach to integrating design requirements, materials and structures;
  • T7.   use time and resources effectively;
  • T8.   exercise initiative and personal responsibility, which may be as a team member or leader.

 

 

 

4. Programme structure

4.1  Part A – Introductory Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (60 credits)

Code Title Modular Weight
MAA307 Engineering Mathematics (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA102 Engineering Science 1 20
WSA604 Materials & Manufacturing Processes 20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules (30 Credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA505 Organisational Behaviour 10
WSA400 Manufacturing Design 1 10
WSA501 Intergratiing Studies 1a 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA210 Manufacturing Management 10
WSA504 Intergrating Studies 1b 10
WSA900  Electronics and Electrical Technology 10

 

4.2  Part B - Degree Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code  Title Credits
WSB600 Manufacturing Process and Technology (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Modular Weight
BSB030 Marketing 10
WSB201 Digital Manufacturing and Discrete Event Simulation 10
WSB310 Engineering and Management Modelling 10
WSB505 Manufacturing Design 10
WSB610 Manufacturing Technology 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10
MAB206 Statistics 10
WSB301 Software Engineering 10
WSB203 Manufactuing Planning and Control 10
WSB204 Management of the Human Resource 10

 

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year

 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4    Part C - Degree Modules 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC500 Individual Project (Sem 1:20 Credits; Sem 2: 20 Credits) 40

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules  (40 Credits)

Code Title Modular Weight
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance Law and Quality 10
WSC201 Organisational Structure & Strategy 10
WSC407 Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering 10
WSD207 Project Management 10

 

Semester 2

 

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

 

Code Title Credits
WSC206 Sport Equipment Industry 10
WSD203 Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management 10
WSD606 Industrial Sustainability 10

 

Optional Modules (Students should select modules totalling 10 credits)

 

Code Title Credits
WSC300 Product information Systems - Computer Aided Design 10
WSC603 Metrology 10
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Engineering 10

 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 4.5    Study Overseas 

Students may choose to study Part C – Semester 1 at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution.  The mix of subjects of the learning programme must be approved in advance by the Programme Director.  The proposed programme of learning will include work on an Individual Project. 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark. 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Part B and Part C, in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.

Programme Specification

MM BEng (Hons) Engineering Management (Students undertaking part C in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Final award BEng / BEng + DPS / BEng + DIS / BEng + DInts BSc / BSc + DPS / BSc + DIS / BSc + DIntS
Programme title Engineering Management
Programme code WSUB04
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, Diploma of Professional Studies or the Diploma of International Studies.
UCAS code N290/N291
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

This programme is aimed at:

  • A1.   Educating engineering management graduates ready to play a substantial role in industrial  companies through a substantive base of knowledge and understanding at the forefront of the discipline of engineering and manufacturing.
  • A2.   Providing a foundation for graduates wishing to progress to professional engineering management status.
  • A3.   Providing a high quality educational experience for students in a programme of study which combines wide ranging aspects of engineering design and technologies, management models and methodologies, marketing, finance, and business in engineering.
  • A4.   Preparing graduates to apply organisational and project management, team building, and leadership skills in engineering.
  • A5.   Developing analytical and transferable skills that will enable graduates to gain employment in a wide variety of professional roles and to take an ethical approach in making a valuable contribution to society.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019). 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   the engineering principles and their application to the analysis of key engineering processes;
  • K2.   the application of quantitative, analytical, modelling and computational methods in order to identify, classify and describe the performance of systems and components and to solve engineering problems and to implement appropriate actions;
  • K3.   the requirement for engineering activities to promote sustainable development and the application of quantitative techniques where appropriate;
  • K4.   working with information that may be incomplete or uncertain and quantify the effect of this on the design;
  • K5.   the evaluation of business, customer and user needs, including considerations such as the wider engineering context, public perception and aesthetics;
  • K6.   the engineering and business problems, identifying any constraints including environmental and sustainability limitations; ethical, health, safety, security and risk issues, intellectual property; codes of practice and standards;
  • K7.   the commercial, economic and social context of engineering processes;
  • K8.   the management techniques, including project management, that may be used to achieve engineering objectives, including the planning and managing the design process, including cost drivers, and evaluate outcomes;
  • K9.   awareness of relevant legal requirements governing engineering activities, including personnel, health & safety, contract, intellectual property rights, product safety and liability issues;
  • K10.   the risk issues, including health & safety, environmental and commercial risk, and risk assessment and risk management techniques.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • C1.   appreciate the broad range of influences and activities within the engineering processes and explain their significance;
  • C2.   evaluate technical and commercial risk and make decision based on available information;
  • C3.   address human factors considerations in engineering processes and design;
  • C4.   analyse engineering problems to assist in the management of engineering processes;
  • C5.   identify solutions to engineering problems from a sustainable/environmental standpoint;
  • C6.   contribute to the innovation development of a new product and its introduction to the market.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   use the design and manufacturing processes to plan and manage engineering  projects;
  • P2.   plan and implement re-organisation of a company for increased effectiveness;
  • P3.   make effective use of graphical and modelling techniques for design development and communication;
  • P4.   adopt strategies for non-quantifiable engineering issues;
  • P5.   select suitable computer based techniques for engineering management problems;
  • P6.   generate new ideas and develop and evaluate a range of solutions;
  • P7.   knowledge of characteristics of particular materials, equipment, processes or products;
  • P8.   knowledge of relevant legal and contractual issues;
  • P9.   understanding of appropriate codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P10.  awareness of quality issues and their application to continuous improvement;
  • P11.  understanding of, and the ability to work in, different roles within an engineering team.

 

c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:

  • T1.   plan and monitor multi-disciplinary projects;
  • T2.   appreciate the central role of management within engineering;
  • T3.   communicate effectively and make presentations of a technical/business nature to achieve maximum impact;
  • T4.   identify methods to assist in innovation, team-working and engineering communication;
  • T5.   demonstrate competence in using computer based engineering techniques;
  • T6.   adopt systematic approach to integrating design requirements, materials and structures;
  • T7.   use time and resources effectively;
  • T8.   exercise initiative and personal responsibility, which may be as a team member or leader.

 

 

 

4. Programme structure

4.1  Part A – Introductory Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (60 credits)

Code Title Modular Weight
MAA307 Engineering Mathematics (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA102 Engineering Science 1 20
WSA604 Materials & Manufacturing Processes 20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules (30 Credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA505 Organisational Behaviour 10
WSA400 Manufacturing Design 1 10
WSA501 Intergratiing Studies 1a 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA210 Manufacturing Management 10
WSA504 Intergrating Studies 1b 10
WSA900  Electronics and Electrical Technology 10

 

4.2  Part B - Degree Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code  Title Credits
WSB600 Manufacturing Process and Technology (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Modular Weight
BSB030 Marketing 10
WSB201 Digital Manufacturing and Discrete Event Simulation 10
WSB310 Engineering and Management Modelling 10
WSB505 Manufacturing Design 10
WSB610 Manufacturing Technology 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
BSB135 Consumer Behaviour 10
MAB206 Statistics 10
WSB301 Software Engineering 10
WSB203 Manufactuing Planning and Control 10
WSB204 Management of the Human Resource 10

 

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year

 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4    Part C - Degree Modules 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC500 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 Credits; Sem 2: 20 Credits) 40

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules  (40 Credits)

Code Title Modular Weight
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance Law and Quality 10
WSC201 Organisational Structure & Strategy 10
WSC407 Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering 10
WSD207 Project Management 10

 

Semester 2

 

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

 

Code Title Credits
WSC206 Sport Equipment industry 10
WSD203 Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management 10
WSD602 Industrial Sustainability 10

 

Optional Modules (Students should select modules totalling 10 credits)

 

Code Title Credits
WSC300 Advanced Computer Aided Design 10
WSC603 Metrology 10
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Engineering 10

 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 4.5    Study Overseas 

Students may choose to study Part C – Semester 1 at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution.  The mix of subjects of the learning programme must be approved in advance by the Programme Director.  The proposed programme of learning will include work on an Individual Project. 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark. 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Part B and Part C, in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.

Programme Specification

MM BSc/BEng (Hons) Sports Technology (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Engineering Designers (IED)

Final award BEng / BEng + DIS / BEng + DPS
Programme title Sports Technology
Programme code WSUB05
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies or the Diploma in Professional Studies.
UCAS code CH67/HC76
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

Sports Technology programme aims to:

 

  • A1.   Develop graduates with a detailed knowledge and understanding of sport-related product design, manufacture and test, human performance and business studies.
  • A2.   Develop graduates with the ability to conduct research and design in sports technology and solve associated problems using both established and contemporary ideas and techniques.
  • A3.   Produce graduates with the analytical and transferable skills that will enable employment in a wide variety of professions and to make a valuable contribution to society.
  • A4.   Support graduates to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.
  • A5.   Provide graduates with an appreciation of the essential practical, commercial and broader societal aspects of engineering.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019). 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to the design of sports / engineering equipment;
  • K2.   the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basic mechanical workshop practices;
  • K3.   the role of instrumentation and measurement techniques within equipment evaluation and experimental protocol design;
  • K4.   principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
  • K5.   ergonomic and aesthetic considerations and how they impact on sports design;
  • K6.   the variability in human performance capability and methods of evaluation including fitness and training principles relating to sport and exercise;
  • K7.   principles governing the mechanics and biomechanics of sports movements;
  • K8.   the role of information technology in providing support of product design and manufacturing;
  • K9.   management techniques and business practices and the commercial and economic context of a sports / engineering business;
  • K10.  intellectual property issues and environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:

  • C1.   identify and define a design or sports engineering problem and generate innovative solutions;
  • C2.   analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, and engineering design;
  • C3.   utilise the principles of engineering science in the development of solutions to problems;
  • C4.   apply appropriate methods to model such solutions;
  • C5.   apply biomechanics to the analysis of movement in sport;
  • C6.   demonstrate an awareness of form, function, fit, aesthetics, environment and safety;
  • C7.   select and apply appropriate IT tools to product design and manufacture problems;
  • C8.   evaluate commercial risk and market trends within the sports sector
  • C9.   apply general marketing principles to the sports sector.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:

  • P1.   research information, generate and evaluate product design ideas;
  • P2.   communicate design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer graphics and conventional sketching;
  • P3.   prepare engineering drawings and technical reports;
  • P4.   test design concepts via practical investigation;
  • P5.   use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
  • P6.   use measurement and test equipment to complete experimental laboratory work and collect mechanical and biomechanical data;
  • P7.   use a variety of observation and test methods to appraise human function and movement
  • P8.   present technical and business information in a variety of ways;
  • P9.   manage the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues.

 

c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:

  • T1.   generate and manipulate data;
  • T2.   apply creative, structured and evidence-based approaches to problem solving;
  • T3.   communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T4.   organise and manage time and resources to meet deadlines;
  • T5.   work effectively both in a team and independently;
  • T6.   demonstrate organisational and management skills.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (80 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAA307 Engineering Mathematics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA401 Product Design (Ergonomics & Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA502 Applied Sports Technology 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
PSA721 Introduction to Sport Biomechanics and Kinesiology (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules  (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA400 Application of CAD for Engineering Designers 10
WSA602 Introduction to Materials and Manufacturing Processes 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA700 Measurement Principles 10
WSA701 Mechanical Design in Sport 10

 

4.2    Part B - Degree Modules 

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (80 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB302 Engineering Computation for Sports Technology (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSB502 Applied Sports Technology 2 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSB503 Application of Product Design in Sports (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
PSB722 Biomechanics of Sport (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB701 Measurement and Experimental Design 10
WSB901 Electronic Systems 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB206 Statistics 10
WSB700 Sports Goods Design, Manufacture and Test 10

 

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year 

 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) or Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4    Part C - Degree Modules

Students MUST choose 20 credits of optional modules (O) in Semester One

Students MUST choose 30 credits of optional modules (O) in Semester Two

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC500 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 Credits) 40

Optional Modules

Code Title Credits
PSC724 Sports Biomechanics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC701 Sports Surfaces, Footwear and Garments 10

Optional Modules

Code  Title   Credits
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development 10
WSC602 Sustainable Engineering 10
WSC600 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 10
WSC201 Organisation Structure & Strategy 10
WSC401 Design Methods and Communication 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC702 Sport Equipment Industry 10

Optional Modules

Code Title Credits
WSC203 Manufacturing Planning and Control 10
WSC204 Management of the Human Resource 10
WSC300 Advanced Computer Aided Design 10
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
MPC012 Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture 10

 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX. 

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

 

 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Part B and Part C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.

Programme Specification

MM BEng (Hons) Sports Technology (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Engineering Designers (IED)

Final award BEng / BEng + DIS / BEng + DPS
Programme title Sports Technology
Programme code WSUB05
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies or the Diploma in Professional Studies.
UCAS code CH67/HC76
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

Sports Technology programme aims to:

 

  • A1.   Develop graduates with a detailed knowledge and understanding of sport-related product design, manufacture and test, human performance and business studies.
  • A2.   Develop graduates with the ability to conduct research and design in sports technology and solve associated problems using both established and contemporary ideas and techniques.
  • A3.   Produce graduates with the analytical and transferable skills that will enable employment in a wide variety of professions and to make a valuable contribution to society.
  • A4.   Support graduates to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.
  • A5.   Provide graduates with an appreciation of the essential practical, commercial and broader societal aspects of engineering.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019). 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to the design of sports / engineering equipment;
  • K2.   the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basic mechanical workshop practices;
  • K3.   the role of instrumentation and measurement techniques within equipment evaluation and experimental protocol design;
  • K4.   principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
  • K5.   ergonomic and aesthetic considerations and how they impact on sports design;
  • K6.   the variability in human performance capability and methods of evaluation including fitness and training principles relating to sport and exercise;
  • K7.   principles governing the mechanics and biomechanics of sports movements;
  • K8.   the role of information technology in providing support of product design and manufacturing;
  • K9.   management techniques and business practices and the commercial and economic context of a sports / engineering business;
  • K10.  intellectual property issues and environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:

  • C1.   identify and define a design or sports engineering problem and generate innovative solutions;
  • C2.   analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, and engineering design;
  • C3.   utilise the principles of engineering science in the development of solutions to problems;
  • C4.   apply appropriate methods to model such solutions;
  • C5.   apply biomechanics to the analysis of movement in sport;
  • C6.   demonstrate an awareness of form, function, fit, aesthetics, environment and safety;
  • C7.   select and apply appropriate IT tools to product design and manufacture problems;
  • C8.   evaluate commercial risk and market trends within the sports sector
  • C9.   apply general marketing principles to the sports sector.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:

  • P1.   research information, generate and evaluate product design ideas;
  • P2.   communicate design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer graphics and conventional sketching;
  • P3.   prepare engineering drawings and technical reports;
  • P4.   test design concepts via practical investigation;
  • P5.   use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
  • P6.   use measurement and test equipment to complete experimental laboratory work and collect mechanical and biomechanical data;
  • P7.   use a variety of observation and test methods to appraise human function and movement
  • P8.   present technical and business information in a variety of ways;
  • P9.   manage the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues.

 

c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:

  • T1.   generate and manipulate data;
  • T2.   apply creative, structured and evidence-based approaches to problem solving;
  • T3.   communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T4.   organise and manage time and resources to meet deadlines;
  • T5.   work effectively both in a team and independently;
  • T6.   demonstrate organisational and management skills.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (80 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAA307 Engineering Mathematics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA401 Product Design (Ergonomics & Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA502 Applied Sports Technology 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
PSA721 Introduction to Sport Biomechanics and Kinesiology (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules  (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA400 Application of CAD for Engineering Designers 10
WSA602 Introduction to Materials and Manufacturing Processes 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA700 Measurement Principles 10
WSA701 Mechanical Design in Sport 10

 

4.2    Part B - Degree Modules 

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (80 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB302 Engineering Computation for Sports Technology (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSB502 Applied Sports Technology 2 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSB503 Application of Product Design in Sports (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
PSB722 Biomechanics of Sport (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB701 Measurement and Experimental Design 10
WSB901 Electronic Systems 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB206 Statistics 10
WSB700 Sports Goods Design, Manufacture and Test 10

 

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year 

 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) or Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4    Part C - Degree Modules

Students MUST choose 20 credits of optional modules in Semester One

Students MUST choose 30 credits of optional modules in Semester Two

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC500 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 Credits) 40

Optional Modules

Code Title Credits
PSC724 Sports Biomechanics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC701 Sports Surfaces, Footwear and Garments 10

Optional Modules (students should select modules totalling 20 credits)

Code  Title   Credits
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development 10
WSC602 Sustainable Engineering 10
WSC600 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 10
WSC201 Organisation Structure & Strategy 10
WSC401 Design Methods and Communication 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC702 Sport Equipment Industry 10

Optional Modules (students should select modules totalling 30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC203 Manufacturing Planning and Control 10
WSC204 Management of the Human Resource 10
WSC300 Advanced Computer Aided Design 10
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
MPC012 Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture 10

 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX. 

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark. 

 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Part B and Part C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.

Programme Specification

MM BSc/BEng (Hons) Sports Technology (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Engineering Designers (IED)

Final award BSc / BSc + DIS / BSc + DPS / BEng / BEng + DIS / BEng + DPS
Programme title Sports Technology
Programme code WSUB05
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters, or 8 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies or the Diploma in Professional Studies.
UCAS code CH67/HC76
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

Sports Technology programme aims to:

 

  • A1.   Develop graduates with a detailed knowledge and understanding of sport-related product design, manufacture and test, human performance and business studies.
  • A2.   Develop graduates with the ability to conduct research and design in sports technology and solve associated problems using both established and contemporary ideas and techniques.
  • A3.   Produce graduates with the analytical and transferable skills that will enable employment in a wide variety of professions and to make a valuable contribution to society.
  • A4.   Support graduates to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.
  • A5.   Provide graduates with an appreciation of the essential practical, commercial and broader societal aspects of engineering.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019). 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to the design of sports / engineering equipment;
  • K2.   the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basic mechanical workshop practices;
  • K3.   the role of instrumentation and measurement techniques within equipment evaluation and experimental protocol design;
  • K4.   principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
  • K5.   ergonomic and aesthetic considerations and how they impact on sports design;
  • K6.   the variability in human performance capability and methods of evaluation including fitness and training principles relating to sport and exercise;
  • K7.   principles governing the mechanics and biomechanics of sports movements;
  • K8.   the role of information technology in providing support of product design and manufacturing;
  • K9.   management techniques and business practices and the commercial and economic context of a sports / engineering business;
  • K10.  intellectual property issues and environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:

  • C1.   identify and define a design or sports engineering problem and generate innovative solutions;
  • C2.   analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, and engineering design;
  • C3.   utilise the principles of engineering science in the development of solutions to problems;
  • C4.   apply appropriate methods to model such solutions;
  • C5.   apply biomechanics to the analysis of movement in sport;
  • C6.   demonstrate an awareness of form, function, fit, aesthetics, environment and safety;
  • C7.   select and apply appropriate IT tools to product design and manufacture problems;
  • C8.   evaluate commercial risk and market trends within the sports sector
  • C9.   apply general marketing principles to the sports sector.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:

  • P1.   research information, generate and evaluate product design ideas;
  • P2.   communicate design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer graphics and conventional sketching;
  • P3.   prepare engineering drawings and technical reports;
  • P4.   test design concepts via practical investigation;
  • P5.   use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
  • P6.   use measurement and test equipment to complete experimental laboratory work and collect mechanical and biomechanical data;
  • P7.   use a variety of observation and test methods to appraise human function and movement
  • P8.   present technical and business information in a variety of ways;
  • P9.   manage the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues.

 

c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able:

  • T1.   generate and manipulate data;
  • T2.   apply creative, structured and evidence-based approaches to problem solving;
  • T3.   communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T4.   organise and manage time and resources to meet deadlines;
  • T5.   work effectively both in a team and independently;
  • T6.   demonstrate organisational and management skills.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (60 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAA307 Engineering Mathematics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA401 Product Design (Ergonomics & Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA502 Applied Sports Technology 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules  (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA400 Application of CAD for Engineering Designers 10
WSA602 Introduction to Materials and Manufacturing Processes 10
PSA028 Biomechanics of Sport 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA700 Measurement Principles 10
WSA701 Mechanical Design in Sport 10
WSA900 Electronic and Electrical Technology 1 10

 

4.2    Part B - Degree Modules 

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (60 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB302 Engineering Computation for Sports Technology (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSB502 Applied Sports Technology 2 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSB503 Application of Product Design in Sports (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB701 Measurement and Experimental Design 10
WSB700 Sports Good Design, Manufacture and Test 10
BSB520 Principles of Marketing for Sport & Leisure 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB206 Statistics 10
PSB002 Structural Kinesiology 10
PSB028 Methods of Analysis in Sports Biomechanics 10

 

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year 

 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) or Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4    Part C - Degree Modules

Students MUST choose 20 credits of optional modules in Semester One

Students MUST choose 30 credits of optional modules in Semester Two

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC500 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 20 Credits) 40

Optional Modules

Code Title Credits
PSC028 Advanced Sports Biomechanics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
PSC100 Science and Elite Performance in Sport (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC701 Sports Surfaces, Footwear and Garments 10

Optional Modules (students should select modules totalling 20 credits)

Code  Title   Credits
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development 10
WSC602 Sustainable Engineering 10
WSC600 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 10
WSC201 Organisation Structure & Strategy 10
WSC400 Design for Assembly 10
WSC401 Design Methods and Communication 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC702 Sport Equipment Industry 10

Optional Modules (students should select modules totalling 30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC203 Manufacturing Planning & Control 10
WSC204 Management of the Human Resource 10
WSC300 Advanced Computer Aided Design 10
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
MPC012 Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture 10

 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to Part C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX. 

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

Students may choose to receive the award of BSc or BEng.

 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Part B and Part C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60, to determine the degree classification.

Programme Specification

EL BEng (Hons) Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Final award BEng / BEng+DIS / BEng+DPS / BEng+DIntS
Programme title Electronic and Electrical Engineering
Programme code WSUB10
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma in Professional Studies or Diploma in International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis.
UCAS code H600, H604
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The BEng in Electronic and Electrical Engineering aims to: 

  • A1.   Develop highly skilled graduates to pursue careers across the complete spectrum of activities which involve the application of Electronic and Electrical Engineering;
  • A2.   Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate electronic and electrical engineering problems;
  • A3.   Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers;
  • A4.   Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints;
  • A5.   Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems;
  • A6.   Support personal and professional development including problem solving, leadership and team work, both oral and written presentation skills.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
  • Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
  • The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
  • Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • K1.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering;
  • K2.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
  • K3.   Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
  • K4.   Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
  • K5.   Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
  • K6.   Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • C1.   Apply engineering principles to the analysis of electronic and electrical engineering problems;
  • C2.   Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
  • C3.   Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
  • C4.   Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
  • C5.   Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • P1.   Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering;
  • P2.   Define and solve practical engineering problems;
  • P3.   Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
  • P4.   Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
  • P5.   Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P6.   Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
  • P7.   Work with technical uncertainty;
  • P8.   Adopt a suitable systems engineering approach to the solution of electronic and electrical engineering problems;
  • P9.   Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • T1.   Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • T2.   Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
  • T3.   Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
  • T4.   Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both  independently and as a member of a team;
  • T5.   Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
  • T6.   Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA019 Industiral Group Project ( Sem 1: 10 credts; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules  (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSA011

Electronic Circuits

20

WSA010

Programming and Software Design

20

MAA103

Core Mathematics 1

10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA012 Electrical Science A 20
WSA013 Digital Sytems 20
MAA203 Core Mathematics 2 10

 

4.2 Part B 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory module (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB013 Engineering Project Management (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSB003

Electrical Science B

20

WSB010

Electronics

20

MAB103

Advanced Mathematics 1

10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB002 Communications 20
WSB004 Control Systems Design 20
MAB203 Advanced Mathematics 2 10

 

4.3 Part I 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4 Part C 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Module (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC325 Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 30

Semester 1

Compulsory Module (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance Law and Quality 10

Optional Modules (students should select two modules totalling 40 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSC302

Digital Communication Theory and Practice

20

WSC303

Renewable Energy Systems

20

WSC318

Real Time Software Engineering 20

WSC331

Bioelectricity and Biophotonics Engineering

20

WSC341

Digital and State Space Control

20

Semester 2

Optional Modules (Students should select two modules totalling 40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC304 Computer Networks 20
WSC322 Power Electronics 20
WSC339 Microwave Communication Systems 20
WSC354 Electornic Systems Design with FPGAs 20
WSC355 Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation 20

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, studnet number resctrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.

Programme Specification

EL BEng (Hons) Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Final award BEng / BEng+DIS / BEng+DPS / BEng+DIntS
Programme title Electronic and Electrical Engineering
Programme code WSUB10
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma in Professional Studies or Diploma in International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis.
UCAS code H600, H604
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The BEng in Electronic and Electrical Engineering aims to: 

  • A1.   Develop highly skilled graduates to pursue careers across the complete spectrum of activities which involve the application of Electronic and Electrical Engineering;
  • A2.   Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate electronic and electrical engineering problems;
  • A3.   Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers;
  • A4.   Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints;
  • A5.   Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems;
  • A6.   Support personal and professional development including problem solving, leadership and team work, both oral and written presentation skills.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
  • Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
  • The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
  • Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • K1.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering;
  • K2.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
  • K3.   Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
  • K4.   Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
  • K5.   Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
  • K6.   Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • C1.   Apply engineering principles to the analysis of electronic and electrical engineering problems;
  • C2.   Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
  • C3.   Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
  • C4.   Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
  • C5.   Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • P1.   Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering;
  • P2.   Define and solve practical engineering problems;
  • P3.   Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
  • P4.   Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
  • P5.   Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P6.   Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
  • P7.   Work with technical uncertainty;
  • P8.   Adopt a suitable systems engineering approach to the solution of electronic and electrical engineering problems;
  • P9.   Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • T1.   Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • T2.   Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
  • T3.   Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
  • T4.   Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both  independently and as a member of a team;
  • T5.   Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
  • T6.   Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA015 Industrial Project in Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credts; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules  (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSA011

Electronic Circuits

20

WSA010

Programming and Software Design

20

MAA103

Core Mathematics 1

10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA012 Electrical Science A 20
WSA013 Digital Sytems 20
MAA203 Core Mathematics 2 10

 

4.2 Part B 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory module (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB013 Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSB003

Electrical Science B

20

WSB010

Electronics

20

MAB103

Advanced Mathematics 1

10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB002 Communications 20
WSB004 Control Systems Design 20
MAB203 Advanced Mathematics 2 10

 

4.3 Part I 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS), or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4 Part C 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Module (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC325 Project (Sem a: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 30

Semester 1

Compulsory Module (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance Law and Quality 10

Optional Modules (students should select two modules totalling 40 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSC302

Digital Communication Theory and Practice

20

WSC303

Renewable Energy Systems

20

WSC318

Embedded Systems Design and Implementation 20

WSC341

Digital and State Space Control

20

Semester 2

Optional Modules (Students should select two modules totalling 40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC304 Computer Networks 20
WSC322 Power Electronics 20
WSC339 Microwave Communication Systems 20
WSC354 Electornic System Design with FPGAs 20
WSC355 Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation 20

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, studnet number resctrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.

Programme Specification

EL BEng (Hons) Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Final award BEng / BEng+DIS / BEng+DPS / BEng+DIntS
Programme title Electronic and Electrical Engineering
Programme code WSUB10
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma in Professional Studies or Diploma in International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis.
UCAS code H600, H604
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The BEng in Electronic and Electrical Engineering aims to: 

  • A1.   Develop highly skilled graduates to pursue careers across the complete spectrum of activities which involve the application of Electronic and Electrical Engineering;
  • A2.   Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate electronic and electrical engineering problems;
  • A3.   Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers;
  • A4.   Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints;
  • A5.   Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems;
  • A6.   Support personal and professional development including problem solving, leadership and team work, both oral and written presentation skills.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
  • Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
  • The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
  • Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • K1.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering;
  • K2.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
  • K3.   Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
  • K4.   Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
  • K5.   Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
  • K6.   Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • C1.   Apply engineering principles to the analysis of electronic and electrical engineering problems;
  • C2.   Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
  • C3.   Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
  • C4.   Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
  • C5.   Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • P1.   Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering;
  • P2.   Define and solve practical engineering problems;
  • P3.   Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
  • P4.   Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
  • P5.   Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P6.   Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
  • P7.   Work with technical uncertainty;
  • P8.   Adopt a suitable systems engineering approach to the solution of electronic and electrical engineering problems;
  • P9.   Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • T1.   Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • T2.   Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
  • T3.   Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
  • T4.   Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both  independently and as a member of a team;
  • T5.   Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
  • T6.   Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA015 Industiral Project in Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credts; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules  (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSA011

Electronic Circuits

20

WSA010

Programming and Software Design

20

MAA103

Core Mathematics 1

10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA012 Electrical Science A 20
WSA013 Digital Sytems 20
MAA203 Core Mathematics 2 10

 

4.2 Part B 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory module (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB013 Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSB003

Electrical Science B

20

WSB010

Electronics

20

MAB103

Advanced Mathematics 1

10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB002 Communications 20
WSB004 Control Systems Design 20
MAB203 Advanced Mathematics 2 10

 

4.3 Part I 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4 Part C 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Module (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC325 Individual Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 30

Semester 1

Compulsory Module (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance Law and Quality 10

Optional Modules (students should select two modules totalling 40 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSC302

Digital Communication Theory and Practice

20

WSC303

Renewable Energy Systems

20

WSC318

Embedded Systems Design and Implementation 20

WSC331

Bioelectricity and Biophotonics Engineering

20

WSC341

Digital and State Space Control

20

Semester 2

Optional Modules (Students should select two modules totalling 40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC304 Computer Networks 20
WSC322 Power Electronics 20
WSC339 Microwave Communication Systems 20
WSC354 Electronic System Design with FPGAs 20
WSC355 Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation 20

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, studnet number resctrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.

Programme Specification

EL BEng (Hons) Systems Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Final award BEng/ BEng+DIS/ BEng+DPS/ BEng+DIntS
Programme title Systems Engineering
Programme code WSUB20
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis.
UCAS code H652, H650
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The BEng in Systems Engineering aims to 

  • A1.   Prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Systems Engineering across a range of industries and activities involving the design, development, and analysis of complex systems
  • A2.   Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate systems engineering problems.
  • A3.   Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers.
  • A4.   Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of the relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
  • A5.   Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
  • A6.   Support personal and professional development, including problem solving, leadership and team work and both oral and written presentation skills.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
  • Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
  • The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
  • Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • K1.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to systems engineering;
  • K2.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
  • K3.   Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
  • K4.   Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
  • K5.   Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
  • K6.   Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • C1.   Apply engineering principles to the analysis of electronic and electrical engineering problems;
  • C2.   Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
  • C3.   Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
  • C4.   Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
  • C5.   Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • P1.   Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to systems engineering;
  • P2.   Define and solve practical engineering problems;
  • P3.   Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
  • P4.   Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
  • P5.   Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P6.   Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
  • P7.   Work with technical uncertainty;
  • P8.   Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • T1.   Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • T2.   Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
  • T3.   Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
  • T4.   Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both  independently and as a member of a team;
  • T5.   Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
  • T6.Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA016 Industrial project in Systems Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSA011

Electronic Circuits

20

WSA010

Introduction to Programming

20

MAA103

Core Mathematics 1

10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA012 Electrical Science A 20
WSA013 Digital Systems 20
MAA203 Core Mathematics 2 10

 

4.2 Part B 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB006 Systems Intergration 20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB007 Systems Methods 20
MAB103 Advanced Mathematics 1 10

Optional Modules (students should select modules totalling 20 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSB010

Electronics

20

WSB014

Embedded Systems Programming

20

WSB140

Mechanics for Robotics

20

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB004 Control Systems Design 20
WSB009 Mobile Robots 20
MAB203 Advanced Mathematics 2 10

 

4.3 Part I 

 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing)

 

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4 Part C 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC325 Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 30

Semester 1


Compulsory modules (20 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSC200

Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality

10

DSC502

Human Factors in Systems Design C

10

WSC312

Systems Engineering Applications and Theory

10

 Optional modules  (students should select modules totalling 20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC318 Embedded Systems Design and Implementation 20
WSC302 Digital Communication Theory and Practice 20
WSC303 Renewable Energy Systems 20

Semester 2

Optional Modules (Students should select modules totalling 40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC304 Computer Networks 20
WSC354 Electronic System Design with FPGAs 20
WSC355 Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation 20
WSC203 Manufacturing Planning & Control 10
WSC204 Management of the Human Resource 10
WSC206 Product Innovation Management 10

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.

Programme Specification

EL BEng (Hons) Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Final award BEng / BEng+DIS/ BEng+DPS/ BEng+DIntS
Programme title Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering
Programme code WSUB30
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma in Professional Studies or Diploma in International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis.
UCAS code H611, H614
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The BEng in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering aims to: 

  • A1.   Cultivate skilled graduates who will shape the future of embedded systems across industries requiring expertise in electronics and software, such as aerospace, automotive, communications, entertainment, gaming and manufacturing.
  • A2.   Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate electronic and computer systems engineering problems.
  • A3.   Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers.
  • A4.   Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of the relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
  • A5.   Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
  • A6.   Support personal and professional development, including problem solving, leadership and team work and both oral and written presentation skills.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
  • Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
  • The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
  • Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • K1.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to electronic and computer systems engineering;
  • K2.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
  • K3.   Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
  • K4.   Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
  • K5.   Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
  • K6.   Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • C1.   Apply engineering principles to the analysis of electronic and computer systems engineering problems;
  • C2.   Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
  • C3.   Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
  • C4.   Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
  • C5.   Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • P1.   Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to electronic and computer systems engineering;
  • P2.   Define and solve practical engineering problems;
  • P3.   Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
  • P4.   Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
  • P5.   Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P6.   Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
  • P7.   Work with technical uncertainty;
  • P8.   Adopt a suitable engineering lifecycle approach to the solution of embedded systems problems;
  • P9.   Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • T1.   Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • T2.   Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
  • T3.   Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
  • T4.   Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both  independently and as a member of a team;
  • T5.   Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
  • T6.   Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA019 Industrial Group Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSA011

Electronic Circuits

10

WSA010

Programming and Software Design

20

MAA103

Core Mathematics 1

10

Semester 2

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits

WSA012

Electrical Science A

20

WSA013

Digital Systems

20

MAA203

Core Mathematics 2

10

 

4.2 Part B 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB013 Robotics Project Design and Management 20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSB014

Embedded Systems Programming

20

WSB010

Electronics

20

MAB103

Advanced Mathematics 1

10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB203 Advanced Mathematics 2 10
WSB019 Computer Architecture 20

Optional Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB002 Communications 20
WSB004 Control System Design 20

 

4.4 Part I 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.3 Part C 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC325 Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 30

Semester 1

Compulsory modules (30 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSC200

Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality

10

WSC318

Real time Software Engineering

20

 Optional Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC303 Renewable Energy Systems 20
WSC331 Bioelectricity and Biophotonics Engineering 20
WSC341 Digital and State Space Control 20

Semester 2

Compulsory modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC054 Electronic System Design with FPGAs 20
WSC055 Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation 20

 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.

Programme Specification

EL BEng (Hons) Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Final award BEng / BEng+DIS/ BEng+DPS/ BEng+DIntS
Programme title Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering
Programme code WSUB30
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma in Professional Studies or Diploma in International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis.
UCAS code H611, H614
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The BEng in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering aims to: 

  • A1.   Cultivate skilled graduates who will shape the future of embedded systems across industries requiring expertise in electronics and software, such as aerospace, automotive, communications, entertainment, gaming and manufacturing.
  • A2.   Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate electronic and computer systems engineering problems.
  • A3.   Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers.
  • A4.   Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of the relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
  • A5.   Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
  • A6.   Support personal and professional development, including problem solving, leadership and team work and both oral and written presentation skills.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
  • Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
  • The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
  • Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • K1.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to electronic and computer systems engineering;
  • K2.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
  • K3.   Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
  • K4.   Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
  • K5.   Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
  • K6.   Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • C1.   Apply engineering principles to the analysis of electronic and computer systems engineering problems;
  • C2.   Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
  • C3.   Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
  • C4.   Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
  • C5.   Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • P1.   Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to electronic and computer systems engineering;
  • P2.   Define and solve practical engineering problems;
  • P3.   Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
  • P4.   Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
  • P5.   Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P6.   Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
  • P7.   Work with technical uncertainty;
  • P8.   Adopt a suitable engineering lifecycle approach to the solution of embedded systems problems;
  • P9.   Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • T1.   Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • T2.   Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
  • T3.   Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
  • T4.   Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both  independently and as a member of a team;
  • T5.   Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
  • T6.   Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA017 Industrial Project in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSA011

Electronic Circuits

20

WSA010

Programming and Software Design

20

MAA103

Core Mathematics 1

10

Semester 2

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits

WSA012

Electrical Science A

20

WSA013

Digital Systems

20

MAA203

Core Mathematics 2

10

 

4.2 Part B 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB013 Robotics Project Design and Management 20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSB014

Embedded Systems Programming

20

WSB010

Electronics

20

MAB103

Advanced Mathematics 1

10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB203 Advanced Mathematics 2 10
WSB019 Computer Architecture 20

Optional Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB002 Communications 20
WSB004 Control System Design 20

 

4.4 Part I 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.3 Part C 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC325 Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 30

Semester 1

Compulsory modules (30 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSC200

Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality

10

WSC318

Embedded Systems Design and Implementation

20

 Optional Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC303 Renewable Energy Systems 20
WSC331 Bioelectricity and Biophotonics Engineering 20
WSC341 Digital and State Space Control 20

Semester 2

Compulsory modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC054 Electronic System Design with FPGAs 20
WSC055 Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation 20

 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.

Programme Specification

EL BEng (Hons) Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Final award BEng / BEng+DIS/ BEng+DPS/ BEng+DIntS
Programme title Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering
Programme code WSUB30
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma in Professional Studies or Diploma in International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis.
UCAS code H611, H614
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The BEng in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering aims to: 

  • A1.   Cultivate skilled graduates who will shape the future of embedded systems across industries requiring expertise in electronics and software, such as aerospace, automotive, communications, entertainment, gaming and manufacturing.
  • A2.   Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate electronic and computer systems engineering problems.
  • A3.   Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers.
  • A4.   Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of the relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
  • A5.   Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
  • A6.   Support personal and professional development, including problem solving, leadership and team work and both oral and written presentation skills.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
  • Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
  • The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
  • Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • K1.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to electronic and computer systems engineering;
  • K2.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
  • K3.   Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
  • K4.   Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
  • K5.   Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
  • K6.   Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • C1.   Apply engineering principles to the analysis of electronic and computer systems engineering problems;
  • C2.   Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
  • C3.   Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
  • C4.   Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
  • C5.   Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • P1.   Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to electronic and computer systems engineering;
  • P2.   Define and solve practical engineering problems;
  • P3.   Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
  • P4.   Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
  • P5.   Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P6.   Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
  • P7.   Work with technical uncertainty;
  • P8.   Adopt a suitable engineering lifecycle approach to the solution of embedded systems problems;
  • P9.   Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • T1.   Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • T2.   Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
  • T3.   Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
  • T4.   Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both  independently and as a member of a team;
  • T5.   Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
  • T6.   Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA017 Industrial Project in Electronic and Computer Systems Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSA011

Electronic Circuits

20

WSA010

Programming and Software Design

20

MAA103

Core Mathematics 1

10

Semester 2

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits

WSA012

Electrical Science A

20

WSA013

Digital Systems

20

MAA203

Core Mathematics 2

10

 

4.2 Part B 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB013 Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSB014

Embedded Systems Programming

20

WSB010

Electronics

20

MAB103

Advanced Mathematics 1

10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB203 Advanced Mathematics 2 10
WSB019 Computer Architecture 20

Optional Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB002 Communications 20
WSB004 Control System Design 20

 

4.4 Part I 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.3 Part C 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC325 Individual Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 30

Semester 1

Compulsory modules (30 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSC200

Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality

10

WSC318

Embedded Systems Design and Implementation

20

 Optional Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC303 Renewable Energy Systems 20
WSC331 Bioelectricity and Biophotonics Engineering 20
WSC341 Digital and State Space Control 20

Semester 2

Compulsory modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC054 Electronic System Design with FPGAs 20
WSC055 Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation 20

 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.

Programme Specification

EL BEng (Hons) Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Final award BEng/BEng + DPS/BEng + DIntS/BEng +DIS
Programme title Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering
Programme code WSUB35
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma of Professional Studies or Diploma of International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis.
UCAS code H671, H672
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The BEng in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering aims to: 

  • A1.   Prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering  across a range of industries and activities involving the design, development, and analysis of complex systems
  • A2.   Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate robotics, mechatronics and control engineering problems;
  • A3.   Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers.
  • A4.   Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of the relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
  • A5.   Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
  • A6.   Support personal and professional development, including problem solving, leadership and team work and both oral and written presentation skills.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
  • Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
  • The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
  • Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

 On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • K1.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to robotics, mechatronics and control engineering;
  • K2.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
  • K3.   Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
  • K4.   Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
  • K5.   Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
  • K6.   Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • C1.   Apply engineering principles to the analysis of robotics, mechatronic and control engineering problems;
  • C2.   Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
  • C3.   Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
  • C4.   Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
  • C5.   Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • P1.   Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to robotics, mechatronics and control engineering;
  • P2.   Define and solve practical engineering problems;
  • P3.   Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
  • P4.   Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
  • P5.   Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P6.   Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
  • P7.   Work with technical uncertainty;
  • P8.   Adopt a suitable systems engineering approach to the solution of robotics, mechatronics and control engineering problems;
  • P9.   Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • T1.   Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • T2.   Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
  • T3.   Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
  • T4.   Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both  independently and as a member of a team;
  • T5.   Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
  • T6.   Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA019 Industiral Group Project (Sem 1: 10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulosry modules (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSA011

Electronic Circuits

20

WSA010

Programming and Software Design

20

MAA103

Core Mathematics 1

10

 Semester 2

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits

WSA012

Electrical Science A

20

WSA013

Digital Systems

20

MAA203

Core Mathematics 2

10


4.2 Part B 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB013 Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1:10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules  (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

MAB103

Advanced Mathematics 1

10

WSB010

Electronics

20

WSB140

Mechanics for Robotics

20

 Semester 2

Compulosry modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits

WSB004

Control System Design

20

WSB009

Mobile Robots

20

MAB203

Advanced Mathematics 2

10


4.3 Part I 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing)

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

4.4 Part C 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (30 credits)

 Code Title
Credits
WSC325 Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits  30 

 Semester 1

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSC341

Digital and State Space Control

20

WSC200

Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality

10

WSC108

Manufacturing Automation and Control

10

WSC312

Systems Engineering Applications and Theory

10

 Semester 2

Compulsory modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC355 Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation 20

Optional Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC304 Computer Networks 20
WSC339 Microwave Communication Systems 20
WSC322 Power Electronics 20
WSC354 Electronic System Design with FPGAs 20

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students

having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.

Programme Specification

EL BEng (Hons) Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Final award BEng/BEng + DPS/BEng + DInts/BEng +DIS
Programme title Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering
Programme code WSUB35
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma of Professional Studies of Diploma of International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis.
UCAS code H671, H672
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The BEng in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering aims to: 

  • A1.   Prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering  across a range of industries and activities involving the design, development, and analysis of complex systems
  • A2.   Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate robotics, mechatronics and control engineering problems;
  • A3.   Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers.
  • A4.   Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of the relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
  • A5.   Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
  • A6.   Support personal and professional development, including problem solving, leadership and team work and both oral and written presentation skills.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
  • Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
  • The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
  • Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

 On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • K1.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to robotics, mechatronics and control engineering;
  • K2.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
  • K3.   Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
  • K4.   Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
  • K5.   Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
  • K6.   Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • C1.   Apply engineering principles to the analysis of robotics, mechatronic and control engineering problems;
  • C2.   Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
  • C3.   Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
  • C4.   Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
  • C5.   Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • P1.   Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to robotics, mechatronics and control engineering;
  • P2.   Define and solve practical engineering problems;
  • P3.   Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
  • P4.   Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
  • P5.   Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P6.   Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
  • P7.   Work with technical uncertainty;
  • P8.   Adopt a suitable systems engineering approach to the solution of robotics, mechatronics and control engineering problems;
  • P9.   Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • T1.   Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • T2.   Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
  • T3.   Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
  • T4.   Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both  independently and as a member of a team;
  • T5.   Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
  • T6.   Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA018 Industiral Project in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulosry modules (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSA011

Electronic Circuits

20

WSA010

Programming and Software Design

20

MAA103

Core Mathematics 1

10

 Semester 2

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits

WSA012

Electrical Science A

20

WSA013

Digital Systems

20

MAA203

Core Mathematics 2

10


4.2 Part B 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB013 Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules  (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

MAB103

Advanced Mathematics 1

10

WSB010

Electronics

20

WSB140

Mechanics for Robot

20

 Semester 2

Compulosry modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits

WSB004

Control System Design

20

WSB009

Mobile Robots

20

MAB203

Advanced Mathematics 2

10


4.3 Part I 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing)

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

4.4 Part C 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (30 credits)

 Code Title
Credits
WSC325 Individual Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits  30 

 Semester 1

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSC341

Digital and State Space Control

20

WSC200

Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality

10

WSC108

Manufacturing Automation and Control

10

WSC312

Systems Engineering Applications Theory

10

 Semester 2

Compulsory modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC355 Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation 20

Optional Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC304 Computer Networks 20
WSC339 Microwave Communication Systems 20
WSC322 Power Electronics 20
WSC354 Electronic System Design with FPGAs 20

 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules. 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.

Programme Specification

EL BEng (Hons) Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Final award BEng/BEng + DPS/BEng + DInts/BEng +DIS
Programme title Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering
Programme code WSUB35
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 6 semesters or 8 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies, Diploma of Professional Studies of Diploma of International Studies. The programme is only available on a full-time basis.
UCAS code H671, H672
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The BEng in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering aims to: 

  • A1.   Prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering  across a range of industries and activities involving the design, development, and analysis of complex systems
  • A2.   Provide a high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the skills to investigate robotics, mechatronics and control engineering problems;
  • A3.   Develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers.
  • A4.   Produce engineers knowledgeable of engineering management and business practices and of the relevant ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints.
  • A5.   Promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
  • A6.   Support personal and professional development, including problem solving, leadership and team work and both oral and written presentation skills.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
  • Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation: Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
  • The UK Quality Code for Higher Education: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
  • Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering: The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

 On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • K1.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of scientific, mathematical and engineering principles appropriate to robotics, mechatronics and control engineering;
  • K2.   Demonstrate knowledge and understanding of general engineering principles;
  • K3.   Understand the commercial, economic and sustainable aspects in the application of engineering processes;
  • K4.   Demonstrate awareness of the relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks and the operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
  • K5.   Show knowledge of the management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries;
  • K6.   Recognise the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • C1.   Apply engineering principles to the analysis of robotics, mechatronic and control engineering problems;
  • C2.   Apply mathematical and computer-based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering processes, components and products;
  • C3.   Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues;
  • C4.   Evaluate and respond to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
  • C5.   Follow essential design principles appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • P1.   Apply design, modelling, simulation and analytical methods and tools appropriate to robotics, mechatronics and control engineering;
  • P2.   Define and solve practical engineering problems;
  • P3.   Demonstrate an ability to manage the design process;
  • P4.   Use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
  • P5.   Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P6.   Demonstrate awareness of contractual issues and intellectual property rights;
  • P7.   Work with technical uncertainty;
  • P8.   Adopt a suitable systems engineering approach to the solution of robotics, mechatronics and control engineering problems;
  • P9.   Use appropriate management tools for project work.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to: 

  • T1.   Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • T2.   Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
  • T3.   Apply skills in problem solving, communication, team working and in the use of general software tools;
  • T4.   Develop a personal work plan and take responsibility for its execution, both  independently and as a member of a team;
  • T5.   Produce appropriate technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings;
  • T6.   Plan self-learning as the foundation for lifelong learning.

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA018 Industrial Project in Robotics, Mechatronics and Control Engineering (Sem 1:10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulosry modules (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSA011

Electronic Circuits

20

WSA010

Programming and Software Design

20

MAA103

Core Mathematics 1

10

 Semester 2

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits

WSA012

Electrical Science A

20

WSA013

Digital Systems

20

MAA203

Core Mathematics 2

10


4.2 Part B 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB013 Robotics Project Design and Management (Sem 1:10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules  (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

MAB103

Advanced Mathematics 1

10

WSB010

Electronics

20

WSB140

Mechanics for Robotics

20

 Semester 2

Compulosry modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits

WSB004

Control System Design

20

WSB009

Mobile Robots

20

MAB203

Advanced Mathematics 2

10


4.3 Part I 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing)

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

4.4 Part C 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (30 credits)

 Code Title
Credits
WSC325 Individual Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits  30 

 Semester 1

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSC341

Digital and State Space Control

20

WSC200

Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality

10

WSC108

Manufacturing Automation and Control

10

WSC312

Systems Engineering Applications Theory

10

 Semester 2

Compulsory modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC355 Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation 20

Optional Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC304 Computer Networks 20
WSC339 Microwave Communication Systems 20
WSC322 Power Electronics 20
WSC354 Electronic System Design with FPGAs 20

 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B and from Part B to C and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must satisfy the minimum credit requirements and other provisions set out in Regulation XX.

To meet PSRB requirements students must achieve a minimum of 100 credits in each part with the remaining modules achieving a mark no lower than 10 percentage points below the usual pass mark.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B and C in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 40: Part C 60 to determine the final Programme Mark.

Programme Specification

MM MEng (Hons) Manufacturing Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Final award MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS / MEng+DInts
Programme title Manufacturing Engineering
Programme code WSUM01
Length of programme The duration of the programme is eight semesters, or ten semesters if students undertake the additional period of study normally between Parts B and C for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code H701, H707
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The overall aim of this programme is to equip students with the knowledge, understanding, key skills and attributes to make a substantial impact in manufacturing enterprises. To achieve this, the course provides the core engineering science background, supported by a broad knowledge of manufacturing processes and technology. This is combined with modules covering the management of manufacturing activities that, all together, allows students to understand, monitor and enhance existing processes, and develop new manufacturing methods. The depth offered by this MEng programme will enable students to progress rapidly both technically and managerially in a range of manufacturing organisations. 

Specific aims are: 

•      A1.   To deliver technical depth in core engineering subjects and specialist applications leading to a broad understanding of engineering knowledge, and a critical awareness of current insights in the fields of manufacturing engineering and manufacturing management. 

•      A2.   To produce high quality MEng graduates with a strong academic background and excellent communication skills able to manage their own learning and solve complex problems individually and in teams. 

•      A3.   To equip manufacturing engineering graduates with a broad appreciation of the essential practical, commercial and social aspects of engineering enabling them to progress rapidly to a position of responsibility, and to become future technical and managerial leaders.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019). 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK­SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with a career in manufacturing engineering;
  • K2.   engineering principles and relevant numerical methods and an understanding of the role of information technology in providing support for manufacturing engineers;
  • K3.   codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues applicable to a career in manufacturing;
  • K4.   the management of manufacturing methods and the wider business background appropriate to the organisation of a manufacturing enterprise;
  • K5.   the commercial and economic context, together with the importance of sustainability, legal, ethical and intellectual property issues within the modern industrial world;
  • K6.   material properties, manufacturing processes and technologies, their limitations and applicability, with an awareness of new developments in these areas;
  • K7.   the design process related to the manufacturing arena.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

The MEng graduate will also be able to use such knowledge and understanding in a creative way and be able to:  

  • C1.   define an unfamiliar manufacturing related problem, evaluate its technical and business requirements and generate innovative solutions that consider the system as a whole including constraints such as economics, production capabilities and sustainability;
  • C2.   apply appropriate methods (including analytical and computational methods) to model and critically assess such solutions making allowance for uncertainty in the information available;
  • C3.   investigate methods to continuously improve manufacturing processes for enhanced quality, sustainability and economics;
  • C4.   research data and fundamental knowledge from other disciplines and apply the relevant aspects in the solution of unfamiliar problems;
  • C5.   understand the role of other engineering disciplines and their technical and business constraints. 
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   use appropriate computer software numerical modelling methods and/or computational techniques to solve engineering problems;
  • P2.   use laboratory and mechanical workshop equipment competently and safely;
  • P3.   research information from a wide range of sources;
  • P4.   prepare engineering drawings and other technical data and present it in alternative forms to create good understanding and/or impact;
  • P5.   manage the manufacturing related design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety and risk.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   critically evaluate an existing or proposed technology;
  • T2.   use a range of computer based systems and adapt them to other applications;
  • T3.   communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T4.   develop, monitor and update a personal programme of work for themselves and/or others, to reflect changing requirements and learn independently;
  • T5.   gather information from a range of sources, collate it and present its key findings;
  • T6.   undertake different roles within a team that may include leadership. 

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (60 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAA306

Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits)

20
WSA102 Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA505 Integrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA604 Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (30 Credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA400 Application of CAD for Engineering Designers 10
WSA610 Manufacturing Technology 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA210 Manufacturing Management

10

WSA900 Electronics and Electrical Technology 1 10


4
.2    Part B ­ Degree Modules

Semester 1 & 2

Compulsory modules (40 credits)

 Code Title Credits
WSB501 Integrating Studies (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSB600 Manufacturing Process Technology (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB112 Engineering Science 2 10
WSB201 Digital Manufacturaing and Discrete Event Simulation 10
WSB310 Engineering and Management Modelling 10
WSB505 Manufacturing Design 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB206 Statistics 10
WSB203 Manufacturing Planning and Control 10
WSB301 Software Engineering 10
WSB413 Machine Design 10

 

4.3 Part I - Optional Placement Year

  

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS)
WSI035

Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are reigstered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Parts B and C or Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4    Part C ­ Degree Modules 

Some modules in Part C and D are paired together. For example, (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during part C or D.  The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently. 

Students MUST choose 10 credits from Semester One and 10 credits from Semester Two.

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD550 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) 50

 

Semester 1

 

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance Law and Quality 10
WSC407 Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering (1c) 10
WSC600 Additive Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 (1d) 10

 

Optional Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC504 Applied Engineering Design and Analysis 10
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development (1e) 10
WSC900 Computer Control and Instrumentation 10
LAN***  University Wide Language 10

 

Semester 2

 

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC206 Product innovation Management 10
WSC603 Metrology 10

 

Optional Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis (1a) 10
WSC300 Advanced Computer Aided Design 10
MPC012 Polymer Engineering - PRocessing and Manufacture (1b) 10

 

 All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 

4.5    Part D ­ Degree Modules 

A number of modules are paired together.  For example, the module marked (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during part C or D.  The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently. 

Students MUST choose 20 credits from Semester One, with no more than 10 credits from each of the Groups A, B, C or D and 30 credits from Semester Two

When making selections, students must ensure that they choose at least 20 credits of optioanl D level modules.

Students may not select both WSC700 Sports Technology and WSC610 Healthcare Engineering.

Students cannot choose modules already studied in Part C.

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Weight
WSD503 Project Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1:10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 30

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSD207 Project Management 10
WSC201 Organisation Structure & Strategy 10
WSC401 Design Methods and Communication 10

Optional Modules

(Students MUST choose 20 credits from Semester One, with no more than 10 credits from each of the Groups A, B, C or D and 30 credits from Semester Two. When making selections, students must ensure that they choose at least 20 credits of optional D level modules.) 

Group A

Code Title Credits
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development 10

Group B

Code Title Credits
MPD014 Polymer Engineering - Properties & Design (2b) 10
WSD100 Structural Integrity (2a) 10

Group C

 

Code Title Credits
WSC900 Computer Control and Instrumentation 10

Group D

Code Title Credits
LAN*** University Wide Language 10

 

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSD203 Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management 10

Optional Modules

Code Title Credits
WSC204 Managment of the Human Resource 10
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Technology 10
WSC911  Industrial Machine Vision 10
WSD407 Sustainable Product Design (2c) 10
WSD601 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 2 (2d) 10
WSD606 Advanced Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering (2e) 10


All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

4.6 Studies Overseas

Students may choose to study Semester 1 only, during their Part D at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the Programme Director. An acceptable learning programme must include a major group project and studies at an advanced/Masters level with modular weight not less than 20.

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

.1 Criteria for Progression and Award of Degree 

 

Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part. 

To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall averge of 55%.

 

 5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the Award of a Degree 

Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Manufacturing Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point. 

Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Manufacturing Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio (Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40) to determine the overall average percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark)    

Programme Specification

MM MEng (Hons) Manufacturing Engineering (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Final award MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS / MEng+DInts
Programme title Manufacturing Engineering
Programme code WSUM01
Length of programme The duration of the programme is eight semesters, or ten semesters if students undertake the additional period of study normally between Parts B and C for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code H701, H707
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The overall aim of this programme is to equip students with the knowledge, understanding, key skills and attributes to make a substantial impact in manufacturing enterprises. To achieve this, the course provides the core engineering science background, supported by a broad knowledge of manufacturing processes and technology. This is combined with modules covering the management of manufacturing activities that, all together, allows students to understand, monitor and enhance existing processes, and develop new manufacturing methods. The depth offered by this MEng programme will enable students to progress rapidly both technically and managerially in a range of manufacturing organisations. 

Specific aims are: 

•      A1.   To deliver technical depth in core engineering subjects and specialist applications leading to a broad understanding of engineering knowledge, and a critical awareness of current insights in the fields of manufacturing engineering and manufacturing management. 

•      A2.   To produce high quality MEng graduates with a strong academic background and excellent communication skills able to manage their own learning and solve complex problems individually and in teams. 

•      A3.   To equip manufacturing engineering graduates with a broad appreciation of the essential practical, commercial and social aspects of engineering enabling them to progress rapidly to a position of responsibility, and to become future technical and managerial leaders.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019). 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK­SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with a career in manufacturing engineering;
  • K2.   engineering principles and relevant numerical methods and an understanding of the role of information technology in providing support for manufacturing engineers;
  • K3.   codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues applicable to a career in manufacturing;
  • K4.   the management of manufacturing methods and the wider business background appropriate to the organisation of a manufacturing enterprise;
  • K5.   the commercial and economic context, together with the importance of sustainability, legal, ethical and intellectual property issues within the modern industrial world;
  • K6.   material properties, manufacturing processes and technologies, their limitations and applicability, with an awareness of new developments in these areas;
  • K7.   the design process related to the manufacturing arena.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

The MEng graduate will also be able to use such knowledge and understanding in a creative way and be able to:  

  • C1.   define an unfamiliar manufacturing related problem, evaluate its technical and business requirements and generate innovative solutions that consider the system as a whole including constraints such as economics, production capabilities and sustainability;
  • C2.   apply appropriate methods (including analytical and computational methods) to model and critically assess such solutions making allowance for uncertainty in the information available;
  • C3.   investigate methods to continuously improve manufacturing processes for enhanced quality, sustainability and economics;
  • C4.   research data and fundamental knowledge from other disciplines and apply the relevant aspects in the solution of unfamiliar problems;
  • C5.   understand the role of other engineering disciplines and their technical and business constraints. 
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   use appropriate computer software numerical modelling methods and/or computational techniques to solve engineering problems;
  • P2.   use laboratory and mechanical workshop equipment competently and safely;
  • P3.   research information from a wide range of sources;
  • P4.   prepare engineering drawings and other technical data and present it in alternative forms to create good understanding and/or impact;
  • P5.   manage the manufacturing related design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety and risk.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   critically evaluate an existing or proposed technology;
  • T2.   use a range of computer based systems and adapt them to other applications;
  • T3.   communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T4.   develop, monitor and update a personal programme of work for themselves and/or others, to reflect changing requirements and learn independently;
  • T5.   gather information from a range of sources, collate it and present its key findings;
  • T6.   undertake different roles within a team that may include leadership. 

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (60 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAA306

Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits)

20
WSA102 Engineering Science 1 (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA604 Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (30 Credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA400 Application of CAD for Engineering Designers 10
WSA501 Intergrating Studies 1a 10
WSA610 Manufacturing Technology 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA210 Manufacturing Management

10

WSA504 Intergrating Studies 1b 10
WSA900 Electronics and Electrical Technology 1 10


4
.2    Part B ­ Degree Modules

Semester 1 & 2

Compulsory modules (40 credits)

 Code Title Credits
WSB501 Integrating Studies (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSB600 Manufacturing Process Technology (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB112 Engineering Science 2 10
WSB201 Digital Manufacturaing and Discrete Event Simulation 10
WSB310 Engineering and Management Modelling 10
WSB505 Manufacturing Design 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB206 Statistics 10
WSB203 Manufacturing Planning and Control 10
WSB301 Software Engineering 10
WSB413 Machine Design 10

 

4.3 Part I - Optional Placement Year

  

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS)
WSI035

Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are reigstered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Parts B and C or Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4    Part C ­ Degree Modules 

Some modules in Part C and D are paired together. For example, (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during part C or D.  The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently. 

Students MUST choose 10 credits from Semester One and 10 credits from Semester Two.

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD550 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) 50

 

Semester 1

 

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance Law and Quality 10
WSC407 Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering (1c) 10
WSC600 Additive Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 (1d) 10

 

Optional Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC504 Applied Engineering Design and Analysis 10
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development (1e) 10
WSC900 Computer Control and Instrumentation 10
LAN***  University Wide Language 10

 

Semester 2

 

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC206 Product innovation Management 10
WSC603 Metrology 10

 

Optional Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis (1a) 10
WSC300 Advanced Computer Aided Design 10
MPC012 Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture (1b) 10

 

 All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 

4.5    Part D ­ Degree Modules 

A number of modules are paired together.  For example, the module marked (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during part C or D.  The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently. 

Students MUST choose 20 credits from Semester One, with no more than 10 credits from each of the Groups A, B, C or D and 30 credits from Semester Two

When making selections, students must ensure that they choose at least 20 credits of optioanl D level modules.

Students may not select both WSC700 Sports Technology and WSC610 Healthcare Engineering.

Students cannot choose modules already studied in Part C.

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Weight
WSD503 Project Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1:10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 30

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSD207 Project Management 10
WSC201 Organisation Structure & Strategy 10
WSC401 Design Methods and Communication 10

Optional Modules

(Students MUST choose 20 credits from Semester One, with no more than 10 credits from each of the Groups A, B, C or D and 30 credits from Semester Two. When making selections, students must ensure that they choose at least 20 credits of optional D level modules.) 

Group A

Code Title Credits
WSC606 Additive Manufactring for Product Development 10

Group B

Code Title Credits
MPD014 Polymer Engineering - Properties and Design (2b) 10
WSD100 Structural Integrity (2a) 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC108 Manufacturing Automation and Control 10
WSC900 Computer Control and Instrumentation 10

Group D

Code Title Credits
LAN*** University Wide Language 10



Semester 2

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSD203 Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management 10

Optional Modules

Code Title Credits
WSC204 Managment of the Human Resource 10
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Technology 10
WSC911  Industrial Machine Vision 10
WSD407 Sustainable Product Design (2c) 10
WSD601 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 2 (2d) 10
WSD606 Advanced Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering (2e) 10


All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

4.6 Studies Overseas

Students may choose to study Semester 1 only, during their Part D at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the Programmed Director. An acceptable learning programme must include a major group project and studies at an advanced/masters level with modular weight not less than 20.

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

5.1       Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B, from Part B to C, from C to D and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.

To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.

 

5.2       Criteria for Candidates who do not receive Permission to Progress or gain the Award of a Degree

Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX.  Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Manufacturing Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.

Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Manufacturing Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio (Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40) to determine the overall average percentage mark.

Programme Specification

MM MEng (Hons) Manufacturing Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Final award MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS / MEng+DInts
Programme title Manufacturing Engineering
Programme code WSUM01
Length of programme The duration of the programme is eight semesters, or ten semesters if students undertake the additional period of study normally between Parts B and C for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code H701, H707
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The overall aim of this programme is to equip students with the knowledge, understanding, key skills and attributes to make a substantial impact in manufacturing enterprises. To achieve this, the course provides the core engineering science background, supported by a broad knowledge of manufacturing processes and technology. This is combined with modules covering the management of manufacturing activities that, all together, allows students to understand, monitor and enhance existing processes, and develop new manufacturing methods. The depth offered by this MEng programme will enable students to progress rapidly both technically and managerially in a range of manufacturing organisations. 

Specific aims are: 

•      A1.   To deliver technical depth in core engineering subjects and specialist applications leading to a broad understanding of engineering knowledge, and a critical awareness of current insights in the fields of manufacturing engineering and manufacturing management. 

•      A2.   To produce high quality MEng graduates with a strong academic background and excellent communication skills able to manage their own learning and solve complex problems individually and in teams. 

•      A3.   To equip manufacturing engineering graduates with a broad appreciation of the essential practical, commercial and social aspects of engineering enabling them to progress rapidly to a position of responsibility, and to become future technical and managerial leaders.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Feb.2015). 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK­SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with a career in manufacturing engineering;
  • K2.   engineering principles and relevant numerical methods and an understanding of the role of information technology in providing support for manufacturing engineers;
  • K3.   codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues applicable to a career in manufacturing;
  • K4.   the management of manufacturing methods and the wider business background appropriate to the organisation of a manufacturing enterprise;
  • K5.   the commercial and economic context, together with the importance of sustainability, legal, ethical and intellectual property issues within the modern industrial world;
  • K6.   material properties, manufacturing processes and technologies, their limitations and applicability, with an awareness of new developments in these areas;
  • K7.   the design process related to the manufacturing arena.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

The MEng graduate will also be able to use such knowledge and understanding in a creative way and be able to:  

  • C1.   define an unfamiliar manufacturing related problem, evaluate its technical and business requirements and generate innovative solutions that consider the system as a whole including constraints such as economics, production capabilities and sustainability;
  • C2.   apply appropriate methods (including analytical and computational methods) to model and critically assess such solutions making allowance for uncertainty in the information available;
  • C3.   investigate methods to continuously improve manufacturing processes for enhanced quality, sustainability and economics;
  • C4.   research data and fundamental knowledge from other disciplines and apply the relevant aspects in the solution of unfamiliar problems;
  • C5.   understand the role of other engineering disciplines and their technical and business constraints. 
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   use appropriate computer software numerical modelling methods and/or computational techniques to solve engineering problems;
  • P2.   use laboratory and mechanical workshop equipment competently and safely;
  • P3.   research information from a wide range of sources;
  • P4.   prepare engineering drawings and other technical data and present it in alternative forms to create good understanding and/or impact;
  • P5.   manage the manufacturing related design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety and risk.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   critically evaluate an existing or proposed technology;
  • T2.   use a range of computer based systems and adapt them to other applications;
  • T3.   communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T4.   develop, monitor and update a personal programme of work for themselves and/or others, to reflect changing requirements and learn independently;
  • T5.   gather information from a range of sources, collate it and present its key findings;
  • T6.   undertake different roles within a team that may include leadership. 

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
MAA306

Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits)

20
WSA102 Engineering Science 1 (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA604 Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (30 Credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA400 Application of CAD for Engineering Designers 10
WSA501 Intergrating Studies 1a 10
WSA610 Manufacturing Technology 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA210 Manufacturing Management

10

WSA504 Intergrating Studies 1b 10
WSA900 Electronics and Electrical Technology 1 10


4
.2    Part B ­ Degree Modules

Semester 1 & 2

Compulsory modules (40 credits)

 Code Title Credits
WSB501 Integrating Studies (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSB600 Manufacturing Process Technology (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB112 Engineering Science 2 10
WSB201 Digital Manufacturaing and Discrete Event Simulation 10
WSB310 Engineering and Management Modelling 10
WSB505 Manufacturing Design 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB206 Statistics 10
WSB203 Manufacturing Planning and Control 10
WSB301 Software Engineering 10
WSB413 Machine Design 10

 

4.3 Part I - Optional Placement Year

  

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS)
WSI035

Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are reigstered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Parts B and C or Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4    Part C ­ Degree Modules 

For those students who undertook a placement during the 19/20 academic year.

 

Some modules in Part C and D are paired together. For example, (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during part C or D.  The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently. 

Students MUST choose 10 credits from Semester One and 10 credits from Semester Two.

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD550 Advanced Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) 50

 

Semester 1

 

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC407 Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering (1c) 10
WSC600 Additive Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 (1d) 10
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development (1b) 10

 

Optional Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC400 Design for Assembly 10
WSC900 Computer Control and Instrumentation 10

 

Semester 2

 

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC206 Product innovation Management 10
WSC603 Metrology 10

 

Optional Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis (1a) 10
WSC300 Advanced Computer Aided Design 10
LAN*** University Wide Language 10

 

 All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 

For those students who DID NOT take a placement during the 19/20 academic year.

 

Some modules in Part C and D are paired together. For example, (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during part C or D.  The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently. 

Students MUST choose 10 credits from Semester One and 10 credits from Semester Two.

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD550 Advanced Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) 50

 

Semester 1

 

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC407 Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering (1c) 10
WSC600 Additive Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 (1d) 10
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10

 

Optional Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC504 Applied Engineering Design & Analysis 10
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development (1b) 10
WSC900 Computer Control and Instrumentation 10
LAN*** University Wide Language 10

 

Semester 2

 

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC206 Product innovation Management 10
WSC603 Metrology 10

 

Optional Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis (1a) 10
WSC300 Advanced Computer Aided Design 10
MPC012 Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture (1e) 10

 

 All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

4.5    Part D ­ Degree Modules 

A number of modules are paired together.  For example, the module marked (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during part C or D.  The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently. 

Students MUST choose 20 credits from Semester One, with no more than 10 credits from each of the Groups A, B, C or D and 30 credits from Semester Two

When making selections, students must ensure that they choose at least 20 credits of optioanl D level modules.

Students may not select both WSC700 Sports Technology and WSC610 Healthcare Engineering.

Students cannot choose modules already studied in Part C.

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Weight
WSD503 Project Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1:10 Credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 30

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD207 Project Management 10
WSC201 Organisation Structure & Strategy 10
WSC401 Design Methods and Communication 10

Optional Modules

(Students MUST choose 20 credits from Semester One, with no more than 10 credits from each of the Groups A, B, C or D and 30 credits from Semester Two. When making selections, students must ensure that they choose at least 20 credits of optional D level modules.) 

Group A

Code Title Credits
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development 10

Group B

Code Title Credits
MPD014 Polymer Engineering - Properties and Design (2e) 10
WSD100 Structural Integrity (2a) 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC108 Manufacturing Automation and Control 10
WSC900 Computer Control and Instrumentation 10

Group D

Code Title Credits Groups
LAN*** University Wide Language 10 OD


Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD203 Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management 10

Optional Modules  (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC204 Managment of the Human Resource 10
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Technology 10
WSC911  Industrial Machine Vision 10
WSD407 Sustainable Product Design (2c) 10
WSD601 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 2 (2d) 10
WSD606 Advanced Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering (2b) 10


All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

4.6 Studies Overseas

Students may choose to study Semester 1 only, during their Part D at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the Programmed Director. An acceptable learning programme must include a major group project and studies at an advanced/masters level with modular weight not less than 20.

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

5.1       Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

In order to progress from Part A to Part B, from Part B to C, from C to D and to be eligible for the award of an Honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirements set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.

To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.

.

5.2       Criteria for Candidates who do not receive Permission to Progress or gain the Award of a Degree

Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX.  Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Manufacturing Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.

Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Manufacturing Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio (Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40) to determine the overall average percentage mark.

Programme Specification

MM MEng (Hons) Manufacturing Engineering (Students undertaking Part D in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Final award MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS / MEng+DInts
Programme title Manufacturing Engineering
Programme code WSUM01
Length of programme The duration of the programme is eight semesters, or ten semesters if students undertake the additional period of study normally between Parts B and C for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code H701, H707
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

The overall aim of this programme is to equip students with the knowledge, understanding, key skills and attributes to make a substantial impact in manufacturing enterprises. To achieve this, the course provides the core engineering science background, supported by a broad knowledge of manufacturing processes and technology. This is combined with modules covering the management of manufacturing activities that, all together, allows students to understand, monitor and enhance existing processes, and develop new manufacturing methods. The depth offered by this MEng programme will enable students to progress rapidly both technically and managerially in a range of manufacturing organisations. 

Specific aims are: 

•      A1.   To deliver technical depth in core engineering subjects and specialist applications leading to a broad understanding of engineering knowledge, and a critical awareness of current insights in the fields of manufacturing engineering and manufacturing management. 

•      A2.   To produce high quality MEng graduates with a strong academic background and excellent communication skills able to manage their own learning and solve complex problems individually and in teams. 

•      A3.   To equip manufacturing engineering graduates with a broad appreciation of the essential practical, commercial and social aspects of engineering enabling them to progress rapidly to a position of responsibility, and to become future technical and managerial leaders.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Feb.2015). 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK­SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with a career in manufacturing engineering;
  • K2.   engineering principles and relevant numerical methods and an understanding of the role of information technology in providing support for manufacturing engineers;
  • K3.   codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues applicable to a career in manufacturing;
  • K4.   the management of manufacturing methods and the wider business background appropriate to the organisation of a manufacturing enterprise;
  • K5.   the commercial and economic context, together with the importance of sustainability, legal, ethical and intellectual property issues within the modern industrial world;
  • K6.   material properties, manufacturing processes and technologies, their limitations and applicability, with an awareness of new developments in these areas;
  • K7.   the design process related to the manufacturing arena.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

The MEng graduate will also be able to use such knowledge and understanding in a creative way and be able to:  

  • C1.   define an unfamiliar manufacturing related problem, evaluate its technical and business requirements and generate innovative solutions that consider the system as a whole including constraints such as economics, production capabilities and sustainability;
  • C2.   apply appropriate methods (including analytical and computational methods) to model and critically assess such solutions making allowance for uncertainty in the information available;
  • C3.   investigate methods to continuously improve manufacturing processes for enhanced quality, sustainability and economics;
  • C4.   research data and fundamental knowledge from other disciplines and apply the relevant aspects in the solution of unfamiliar problems;
  • C5.   understand the role of other engineering disciplines and their technical and business constraints. 
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   use appropriate computer software numerical modelling methods and/or computational techniques to solve engineering problems;
  • P2.   use laboratory and mechanical workshop equipment competently and safely;
  • P3.   research information from a wide range of sources;
  • P4.   prepare engineering drawings and other technical data and present it in alternative forms to create good understanding and/or impact;
  • P5.   manage the manufacturing related design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety and risk.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   critically evaluate an existing or proposed technology;
  • T2.   use a range of computer based systems and adapt them to other applications;
  • T3.   communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T4.   develop, monitor and update a personal programme of work for themselves and/or others, to reflect changing requirements and learn independently;
  • T5.   gather information from a range of sources, collate it and present its key findings;
  • T6.   undertake different roles within a team that may include leadership. 

4. Programme structure

4.1 Part A - Introductory Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
MAA306

Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits)

20
WSA102 Engineering Science 1 (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA604 Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSA400 Application of CAD for Engineering Designers 10
WSA501 Intergrating Studies 1a 10
WSA610 Manufacturing Technology 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSA210 Manufacturing Management

10

WSA504 Intergrating Studies 1b 10
WSA900 Electronics and Electrical Technology 1 10


4
.2    Part B ­ Degree Modules

Semester 1 & 2

Compulsory modules

 Code Title Credits
WSB501 Integrating Studies (sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSB600 Manufacturing Process Technology (sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules

Code Title Credits
WSB112 Engineering Science 2 10
WSB201 Digital Manufacturaing and Discrete Event Simulation 10
WSB310 Engineering and Management Modelling 10
WSB505 Manufacturing Design 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
MAB206 Statistics 10
WSB203 Manufacturing Planning and Control 10
WSB301 Software Engineering 10
WSB413 Machine Design 10

 

4.3 Part I - Optional Placement Year

  

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS)
WSI035

Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are reigstered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Parts B and C or Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4    Part C ­ Degree Modules 

Some modules in Part C and D are paired together. For example, (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during part C or D.  The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently. 

Students MUST choose 10 credits from Semester One and 10 credits from Semester Two.

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules

Code Title Credits
WSD550 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) 50

 

Semester 1

 

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits Group
WSC600 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 1 10 1d
WSC602 Sustainable Manufacturing 10 1c
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development 10 1e

 

Optional Modules

Code Title Credits
WSC205 International Project Management 10
WSC900 Computer Control and Instrumentation 10
LAN***  University Wide Language 10

 

Semester 2

 

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSC206 Product innovation Management 10
WSC603 Metrology 10

 

Optional Modules

Code Title Credits
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis (1a) 10
WSC300 Product Information Systems - Computer Aided Design 10
MPC012 Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture (1b) 10

 

 All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 

4.5    Part D ­ Degree Modules 

A number of modules are paired together.  For example, the module marked (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D. All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during part C or D.  The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently. 

Students MUST choose 20 credits from Semester One, with no more than 10 credits from each of the Groups A, B, C or D and 30 credits from Semester Two

When making selections, students must ensure that they choose at least 20 credits of optioanl D level modules.

Students may not select both WSC700 Sports Technology and WSC610 Healthcare Engineering.

Students cannot choose modules already studied in Part C.

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Weight
WSD503 Project Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1:10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 30

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSD207 Project Management 10
WSC201 Organisation Structure & Strategy 10
WSC401 Design Methods and Communication 10

Optional Modules

(Students MUST choose 20 credits from Semester One, with no more than 10 credits from each of the Groups A, B, C or D and 30 credits from Semester Two. When making selections, students must ensure that they choose at least 20 credits of optional D level modules.) 

Group A

Code Title Credits
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development 10

Group B

Code Title Credits
MPD014 Polymer Engineering - Properties and Design (2b) 10
WSD100 Structural Integrity (2a) 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC108 Manufacturing Automation and Control 10
WSC900 Computer Control and Instrumentation 10

Group D

Code Title Credits
LAN*** University Wide Language 10

 

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSD203 Lean Operations and Supply Chain Management 10

Optional Modules

Code Title Credits
WSC204 Managment of the Human Resource 10
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Technology 10
WSC911  Industrial Machine Vision 10
WSD407 Sustainable Product Design (2c) 10
WSD601 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology 2 (2d) 10
WSD606 Advanced Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering (2e) 10


All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

4.6 Studies Overseas

Students may choose to study Semester 1 only, during their Part D at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution. The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the Programmed Director. An acceptable learning programme must include a major group project and studies at an advanced/masters level with modular weight not less than 20.

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

5.1 Criteria for Progression and Award of Degree 

 

Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part. 

To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part D, with no module mark below 30%.

 

 5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the Award of a Degree 

Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX. Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Manufacturing Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point. 

Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Manufacturing Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio (Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40) to determine the overall average percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark)    

Programme Specification

MM MEng (Hons) Product Design Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering Designers (IED)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Final award MEng/ MEng+DIS/ MEng+DPS/MEng+DIntS
Programme title Product Design Engineering
Programme code WSUM02
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 8 semesters, or 10 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies, or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code HHC7, HHD7
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

This programme aims to bridge the disciplines of mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering and product design.  To provide design content which is  applicable to products, processes and systems.

  • A1.   To deliver in-depth knowledge and understanding of key aspects of engineering science, manufacturing engineering, innovation and appropriate management techniques.
  • A2.   To provide opportunities for students to develop appropriate design and project engineering skills, including dealing with open-ended problems and elements of uncertainty and risk.
  • A3.   To develop the ability to solve a broad range of engineering problems, some complex and novel, using contemporary ideas and techniques.
  • A4.   To enable students to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.
  • A5.   To put human and project management theory into practice through team-working and opportunities for leadership experience.
  • A6.   To provide insight into engineering practice and commercial aspects of engineering and design.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019). 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to product design engineering;
  • K2.   engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
  • K3.   the design processes and methodologies and the ability to manage a design project;
  • K4.   codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues, including new developments and limitations, as applicable to a product design engineering career;
  • K5.   intellectual property issues and of environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world;
  • K6.   developing technologies in two areas of specialisation and an understanding of the broad range of concepts necessary for effective product design and manufacture;
  • K7.   management and business practices appropriate for a career in product design engineering and an understanding of the commercial and economic context and drivers of the engineering business;
  • K8.   the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and mechanical workshop practices.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

The MEng graduate will be able to use such knowledge and understanding in a creative way and be able to:

  • C1.   identify and define a design engineering problem in unfamiliar situations and generate innovative solutions:
  • C2.   apply and adapt appropriate methods to model such solutions and assess the limitations of each method;
  • C3.   analyse engineering solutions using contemporary computer-based systems and appreciate their limitations;
  • C4.   investigate new and emerging technologies using fundamental knowledge;
  • C5.   analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design to product design and development;
  • C6.   extract, from given data, that which is pertinent to an unfamiliar problem and make use of it in finding a solution;
  • C7.   select appropriate data from a range of possible data sets and present them in alternative forms to create deeper understanding and/or greater impact;
  • C8.   integrate knowledge from all aspects of the programme, applying understanding to novel and challenging situations, while being aware of the limitations of solutions;
  • C9.   generate an innovative design for systems, components or processes to fulfil new needs.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   manage and lead the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues;
  • P2.   apply engineering techniques taking account of a range of commercial and industrial constraints;
  • P3.   communicate product design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer visualisations and conventional sketching;
  • P4.   prepare engineering drawings, computer visualisations and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
  • P5.   research information and use new methods required for novel situations;
  • P6.   use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
  • P7.   recognise the capabilities and limitations of computer based methods for engineering problem solving.
  • P8.   demonstrate advanced organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
  • T2.   apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
  • T3.   communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T4.   design and implement computer-based information systems;
  • T5.   work independently;
  • T6.   work in and lead a team;
  • T7.   organise and manage time and resources effectively;
  • T8.   learn new theories, concepts, methods etc.  in an unfamiliar situation outside the discipline area.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules   (100 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAA306 Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (Sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA102 Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA401 Product Design (Ergonomics & Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA505 Integrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA604 Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA400 Manufacturing Design 1 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA900 Electronic and Electrical Technology 1 10

 

4.2    Part B - Degree Modules 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB501 Integrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSB504 Application of Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB112 Engineering Science 2 10
WSB310 Engineering and Management Modelling 10
WSB400 Industrial Design 10
WSB610 Manufacturing Technology 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB210 Manufacturing Management 10
WSB301 Software Engineering 10
WSB413 Machine Design 10
MAB206 Statistics 10

 4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B or C and Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4    Part C - Degree Modules

Students must choose 30 credits of Options.  Students MUST select 10 credits from Group A (OA) and no more than 10 credits from each group.

Students MUST choose at least TWO specialist module pairs during Part C and D.  For example, (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D.  Similarly (1e) in Part D is paired with (2e) also in part D.  The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently.

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules 

Code  Title  Credits
WSD551 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 Credits; Sem 2: 30 Credits) 50

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC401 Design Methods and Communication (1f) 10
WSC407 Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering 10
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development (1d) 10

Semester 2

Optional modules

 

Group A Students should select 10 credits from this group)

Code Title Credits
MPC012 Polymer Engineering 1 - Processing and Manufacturing (1b) 10
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis (1c) 10

Group B

Code Title Credits
WSC300 Advanced Computer Aided Design 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC203 Manufacturing Planning & Control

10

 Group D

Code Title Credits
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Engineering 10

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.


4.5    Part D - Degree Modules           

At least 70 weight of level 7 (D modules) must be taken in Part D.

Students must choose 70 credits of options.  Students MUST select 10 credits from Group A and 20 credits from Group F.  The remaining 40 credits should be no more than 10 credits from each group (B-E, G-K).   Note there will be at least 20 weight of linked modules (follow on from pre-requisite modules in Part C) across both semesters.

Students who elect to study WSC900 (1e) must also study WSD900 (2e) in Part D.

 Students can only choose WSD900 once (either form Group E or Group F).

Students cannot choose modules already studied in Part C.

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD503 Project Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 30

 Optional Modules

 Group E

Code Title Credits
WSD900 Mechatronics (2e) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) This module is in Group E and Group F) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD207 Project Management 10

 Optional Modules

 

 Group A

Code

Title Credits
MPD014 Ploymer Engineering - Properties & Design (2b)

10

WSD100 Structural Integrity (2c) 10

 

 Group B

Code Title Credits
WSC600 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology (1a) 10
WSC900 Computer Control and Instrumentation (1e) 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC201 Organisation Structure and Strategy 10

 Group D

Code Title Credits
WSD212 System Ergonomics for Product Design (2f) 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSD407 Sustainable Product Design 10

Optional Modules 

 

Group F (students MUST chose ONE module from Group F - This group includes WSD900)

Code Title Credits
WSD601 Advanced Manufacturing Processes & Technology 2 (2a) 10
WSD606 Advanced Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering (2d) 10
WSD900 Mechatronics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem2: 10 credits) (This module is in Group E and Group F) 10

Group G

Code Title Credits
WSC206 Product Innovation Management 10

Group H

Code Title Credits
WSC603 Metrology 10

Group I

Code Title Credits
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700  Sports Engineering 10

Group J

Code Title Credits
LAN*** University Wide Language 10

Group K

Code Title Credits
WSC911 Industrial Machine Vision 10

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 

4.6    Studies Overseas

Students may choose to study Semester 1 only, during their Part D at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution.  The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the Programme Director.  An acceptable learning programme must include a major group project and studies at an advanced/masters level with modular weight not less than 20.  

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

5.1 Criteria for Progression and Award of Degree

Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part. 

To qualify for the award of the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D achieve an overall average 55%.

 

5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the Award of a Degree

Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX.  Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Product Design Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.

Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Product Design Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.  

 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidate’s final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio (Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40) to determine the overall average percentage mark for the Programme (the Programme Mark).

Programme Specification

MM MEng (Hons) Product Design Engineering (Students undertaking Part B in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering Designers (IED)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Final award MEng/ MEng+DIS/ MEng+DPS/MEng+DInts
Programme title Product Design Engineering
Programme code WSUM02
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 8 semesters, or 10 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies, or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code HHC7, HHD7
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

This programme aims to bridge the disciplines of mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering and product design.  To provide design content which is  applicable to products, processes and systems.

  • A1.   To deliver in-depth knowledge and understanding of key aspects of engineering science, manufacturing engineering, innovation and appropriate management techniques.
  • A2.   To provide opportunities for students to develop appropriate design and project engineering skills, including dealing with open-ended problems and elements of uncertainty and risk.
  • A3.   To develop the ability to solve a broad range of engineering problems, some complex and novel, using contemporary ideas and techniques.
  • A4.   To enable students to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.
  • A5.   To put human and project management theory into practice through team-working and opportunities for leadership experience.
  • A6.   To provide insight into engineering practice and commercial aspects of engineering and design.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Feb.2015). 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to product design engineering;
  • K2.   engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
  • K3.   the design processes and methodologies and the ability to manage a design project;
  • K4.   codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues, including new developments and limitations, as applicable to a product design engineering career;
  • K5.   intellectual property issues and of environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world;
  • K6.   developing technologies in two areas of specialisation and an understanding of the broad range of concepts necessary for effective product design and manufacture;
  • K7.   management and business practices appropriate for a career in product design engineering and an understanding of the commercial and economic context and drivers of the engineering business;
  • K8.   the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and mechanical workshop practices.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

The MEng graduate will be able to use such knowledge and understanding in a creative way and be able to:

  • C1.   identify and define a design engineering problem in unfamiliar situations and generate innovative solutions:
  • C2.   apply and adapt appropriate methods to model such solutions and assess the limitations of each method;
  • C3.   analyse engineering solutions using contemporary computer-based systems and appreciate their limitations;
  • C4.   investigate new and emerging technologies using fundamental knowledge;
  • C5.   analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design to product design and development;
  • C6.   extract, from given data, that which is pertinent to an unfamiliar problem and make use of it in finding a solution;
  • C7.   select appropriate data from a range of possible data sets and present them in alternative forms to create deeper understanding and/or greater impact;
  • C8.   integrate knowledge from all aspects of the programme, applying understanding to novel and challenging situations, while being aware of the limitations of solutions;
  • C9.   generate an innovative design for systems, components or processes to fulfil new needs.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   manage and lead the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues;
  • P2.   apply engineering techniques taking account of a range of commercial and industrial constraints;
  • P3.   communicate product design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer visualisations and conventional sketching;
  • P4.   prepare engineering drawings, computer visualisations and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
  • P5.   research information and use new methods required for novel situations;
  • P6.   use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
  • P7.   recognise the capabilities and limitations of computer based methods for engineering problem solving.
  • P8.   demonstrate advanced organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
  • T2.   apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
  • T3.   communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T4.   design and implement computer-based information systems;
  • T5.   work independently;
  • T6.   work in and lead a team;
  • T7.   organise and manage time and resources effectively;
  • T8.   learn new theories, concepts, methods etc.  in an unfamiliar situation outside the discipline area.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules   (80 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAA306 Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA102 Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA401 Product Design (Ergonomics & Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA604 Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA400 Manufacturing Design 1 10
WSA501 Integrating Studies 1a 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA504 Integrating Studies 1b 10
WSA900 Electronic and Electrical Technology 1 10

 

4.2    Part B - Degree Modules 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB501 Integrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSB504 Application of Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB112 Engineering Science 2 10
WSB310 Engineering and Management Modelling 10
WSB400 Industrial Design 10
WSB610 Manufacturing Technology 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB210 Manufacturing Management 10
WSB301 Software Engineering 10
WSB413 Machine Design 10

 4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B or C and Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4    Part C - Degree Modules

Students must choose 30 credits of Options.  Students MUST select 10 credits from Group A and no more than 10 credits from each group.

Students MUST complete at least TWO specialist module pairs during Part C and D.  For example, (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D.  Similarly (1e) in Part D is paired with (2e) also in part D.  The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently.

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules 

Code  Title  Credits
WSD551 Advanced Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 Credits; Sem 2: 30 Credits) 50

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC401 Design Methods and Communication (1f) 10
WSC407 Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering 10
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development (1d) 10

Semester 2

Optional modules

(Students should select modules totalling 30 credits, including 10 credits from Group A and no more than 10 credits from any other 1 group) 

Group A Students should select 10 credits from this group)

Code Title Credits
MPC012 Polymer Engineering 1 - Processing and Manufacturing (1b) 10
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis (1c) 10

Group B

Code Title Credits
WSC300 Advanced Computer Aided Design 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC203 Manufacturing Planning & Control

10

 Group D

Code Title Credits
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Engineering 10

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.


4.5    Part D - Degree Modules           

At least 70 weight of level 7 (D modules) must be taken in Part D.

Students MUST select 30 credits of optional modules, with no more than ONE module from groups B-E.  Students MUST select 30 credits from Groups F-K.   Note there will be at least 20 weight of linked modules (follow on from pre-requisite modules in Part C) across both semesters.

Students who elect to study WSC900 (1e) must also study WSD900 (2e) in Part D.

Students cannot choose modules already studied in Part C.

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD503 Project Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 30

 Optional Modules

 

Group E

Code Title Credits
WSD900 Mechatronics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) (2e) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD207 Project Management 10

 Optional Modules

 Group A

Code

Title Credits
MPD014 Ploymer Engineering - Properties & Design (2b)

10

WSD100 Structural Integrity (2c) 10

 

 Group B

Code Title Credits
WSC600 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology (1a) 10
WSC900 Computer Control and Instrumentation (1e) 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC201 Organisation Structure and Strategy 10

Group D

Code Title Credits
WSD212 System Ergonomics for Product Design (2f) 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSD407 Sustainable Product Design 10

Optional Modules 

Group F

Code Title Credits
WSD601 Advanced Manufacturing Processes & Technology 2 (2a) 10
WSD606 Advanced Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering (2d) 10

Group G

Code Title Credits
WSC206 Product Innovation Management 10

Group H

Code Title Credits
WSC603 Metrology 10

Group I

Code Title Credits
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700  Sports Engineering 10

Group J

Code Title Credits
LAN*** University Wide Language 10

Group K

Code Title Credits
WSC911 Industrial Machine Vision 10

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 

4.6    Studies Overseas

Students may choose to study Semester 1 only, during their Part D at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution.  The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the Programme Director.  An acceptable learning programme must include a major group project and studies at an advanced/masters level with modular weight not less than 20.  

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

5.1 Criteria for Progression and Award of Degree

Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part. 

To qualify for the award of the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overal average of 55%.

 

5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the Award of a Degree

Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX.  Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Product Design Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.

Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Product Design Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.  

 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidate’s final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio (Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40) to determine the overall average percentage mark.

Programme Specification

MM MEng (Hons) Product Design Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering Designers (IED)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Final award MEng/ MEng+DIS/ MEng+DPS/MEng+DInts
Programme title Product Design Engineering
Programme code WSUM02
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 8 semesters, or 10 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies, or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code HHC7, HHD7
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

This programme aims to bridge the disciplines of mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering and product design.  To provide design content which is  applicable to products, processes and systems.

  • A1.   To deliver in-depth knowledge and understanding of key aspects of engineering science, manufacturing engineering, innovation and appropriate management techniques.
  • A2.   To provide opportunities for students to develop appropriate design and project engineering skills, including dealing with open-ended problems and elements of uncertainty and risk.
  • A3.   To develop the ability to solve a broad range of engineering problems, some complex and novel, using contemporary ideas and techniques.
  • A4.   To enable students to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.
  • A5.   To put human and project management theory into practice through team-working and opportunities for leadership experience.
  • A6.   To provide insight into engineering practice and commercial aspects of engineering and design.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Feb.2015). 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to product design engineering;
  • K2.   engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
  • K3.   the design processes and methodologies and the ability to manage a design project;
  • K4.   codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues, including new developments and limitations, as applicable to a product design engineering career;
  • K5.   intellectual property issues and of environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world;
  • K6.   developing technologies in two areas of specialisation and an understanding of the broad range of concepts necessary for effective product design and manufacture;
  • K7.   management and business practices appropriate for a career in product design engineering and an understanding of the commercial and economic context and drivers of the engineering business;
  • K8.   the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and mechanical workshop practices.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

The MEng graduate will be able to use such knowledge and understanding in a creative way and be able to:

  • C1.   identify and define a design engineering problem in unfamiliar situations and generate innovative solutions:
  • C2.   apply and adapt appropriate methods to model such solutions and assess the limitations of each method;
  • C3.   analyse engineering solutions using contemporary computer-based systems and appreciate their limitations;
  • C4.   investigate new and emerging technologies using fundamental knowledge;
  • C5.   analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design to product design and development;
  • C6.   extract, from given data, that which is pertinent to an unfamiliar problem and make use of it in finding a solution;
  • C7.   select appropriate data from a range of possible data sets and present them in alternative forms to create deeper understanding and/or greater impact;
  • C8.   integrate knowledge from all aspects of the programme, applying understanding to novel and challenging situations, while being aware of the limitations of solutions;
  • C9.   generate an innovative design for systems, components or processes to fulfil new needs.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   manage and lead the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues;
  • P2.   apply engineering techniques taking account of a range of commercial and industrial constraints;
  • P3.   communicate product design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer visualisations and conventional sketching;
  • P4.   prepare engineering drawings, computer visualisations and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
  • P5.   research information and use new methods required for novel situations;
  • P6.   use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
  • P7.   recognise the capabilities and limitations of computer based methods for engineering problem solving.
  • P8.   demonstrate advanced organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
  • T2.   apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
  • T3.   communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T4.   design and implement computer-based information systems;
  • T5.   work independently;
  • T6.   work in and lead a team;
  • T7.   organise and manage time and resources effectively;
  • T8.   learn new theories, concepts, methods etc.  in an unfamiliar situation outside the discipline area.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules   (80 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAA306 Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA102 Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA401 Product Design (Ergonomics & Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSA604 Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA400 Manufacturing Design 1 10
WSA501 Integrating Studies 1a 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA504 Integrating Studies 1b 10
WSA900 Electronic and Electrical Technology 1 10

 

4.2    Part B - Degree Modules 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB501 Integrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSB504 Application of Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (40 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB112 Engineering Science 2 10
WSB310 Engineering and Management Modelling 10
WSB400 Industrial Design 10
WSB610 Manufacturing Technology 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB210 Manufacturing Management 10
WSB301 Software Engineering 10
WSB413 Machine Design 10

 4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B or C and Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4    Part C - Degree Modules

Students must choose 30 credits of Options.  Students MUST select 10 credits from Group A and no more than 10 credits from each group.

Students MUST complete at least TWO specialist module pairs during Part C and D.  For example, (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D.  Similarly (1e) in Part D is paired with (2e) also in part D.  The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently.

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules 

Code  Title  Credits
WSD551 Advanced Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 Credits; Sem 2: 30 Credits) 50

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC401 Design Methods and Communication (1f) 10
WSC407 Sustainable Product Lifecycle Engineering 10
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development (1d) 10

Semester 2

Optional modules

(Students should select modules totalling 30 credits, including 10 credits from Group A and no more than 10 credits from any other 1 group) 

Group A Students should select 10 credits from this group)

Code Title Credits
MPC012 Polymer Engineering 1 - Processing and Manufacturing (1b) 10
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis (1c) 10

Group B

Code Title Credits
WSC300 Advanced Computer Aided Design 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC203 Manufacturing Planning & Control

10

 Group D

Code Title Credits
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Engineering 10

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.


4.5    Part D - Degree Modules           

At least 70 weight of level 7 (D modules) must be taken in Part D.

Students MUST select 30 credits of optional modules, with no more than ONE module from groups B-E.  Students MUST select 30 credits from Groups F-K.   Note there will be at least 20 weight of linked modules (follow on from pre-requisite modules in Part C) across both semesters.

Students who elect to study WSC900 (1e) must also study WSD900 (2e) in Part D.

Students cannot choose modules already studied in Part C.

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD503 Project Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 30

 Optional Modules

 

Group E

Code Title Credits
WSD900 Mechatronics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) (2e) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD207 Project Management 10

 Optional Modules

 Group A

Code

Title Credits
MPD014 Ploymer Engineering - Properties & Design (2b)

10

WSD100 Structural Integrity (2c) 10

 

 Group B

Code Title Credits
WSC600 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology (1a) 10
WSC900 Computer Control and Instrumentation (1e) 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC201 Organisation Structure and Strategy 10

Group D

Code Title Credits
WSD212 System Ergonomics for Product Design (2f) 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSD407 Sustainable Product Design 10

Optional Modules 

Group F

Code Title Credits
WSD601 Advanced Manufacturing Processes & Technology 2 (2a) 10
WSD606 Advanced Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering (2d) 10

Group G

Code Title Credits
WSC206 Product Innovation Management 10

Group H

Code Title Credits
WSC603 Metrology 10

Group I

Code Title Credits
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700  Sports Engineering 10

Group J

Code Title Credits
LAN*** University Wide Language 10

Group K

Code Title Credits
WSC911 Industrial Machine Vision 10

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 

4.6    Studies Overseas

Students may choose to study Semester 1 only, during their Part D at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution.  The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the Programme Director.  An acceptable learning programme must include a major group project and studies at an advanced/masters level with modular weight not less than 20.  

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

5.1 Criteria for Progression and Award of Degree

Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part. 

To qualify for the award of the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%. 

5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the Award of a Degree

Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX.  Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Product Design Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.

Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Product Design Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.  

 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidate’s final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio (Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40) to determine the overall average percentage mark.

Programme Specification

MM MEng (Hons) Product Design Engineering (Students undertaking Part D in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering Designers (IED)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Final award MEng/ MEng+DIS/ MEng+DPS/MEng+DInts
Programme title Product Design Engineering
Programme code WSUM02
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 8 semesters, or 10 semesters if students undertake the additional period of study, normally between Parts B and C, leading to the award of the Diploma in Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies, or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code HHC7, HHD7
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

This programme aims to bridge the disciplines of mechanical engineering, manufacturing engineering and product design.  To provide design content which is  applicable to products, processes and systems.

  • A1.   To deliver in-depth knowledge and understanding of key aspects of engineering science, manufacturing engineering, innovation and appropriate management techniques.
  • A2.   To provide opportunities for students to develop appropriate design and project engineering skills, including dealing with open-ended problems and elements of uncertainty and risk.
  • A3.   To develop the ability to solve a broad range of engineering problems, some complex and novel, using contemporary ideas and techniques.
  • A4.   To enable students to manage their own learning, communicate effectively and make use of primary source materials.
  • A5.   To put human and project management theory into practice through team-working and opportunities for leadership experience.
  • A6.   To provide insight into engineering practice and commercial aspects of engineering and design.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019). 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan.2014. 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014. 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   the underpinning science, mathematics and other disciplines associated with careers related to product design engineering;
  • K2.   engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
  • K3.   the design processes and methodologies and the ability to manage a design project;
  • K4.   codes of practice, industry standards and quality issues, including new developments and limitations, as applicable to a product design engineering career;
  • K5.   intellectual property issues and of environmental, legal and ethical issues within the modern industrial world;
  • K6.   developing technologies in two areas of specialisation and an understanding of the broad range of concepts necessary for effective product design and manufacture;
  • K7.   management and business practices appropriate for a career in product design engineering and an understanding of the commercial and economic context and drivers of the engineering business;
  • K8.   the characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and mechanical workshop practices.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

The MEng graduate will be able to use such knowledge and understanding in a creative way and be able to:

  • C1.   identify and define a design engineering problem in unfamiliar situations and generate innovative solutions:
  • C2.   apply and adapt appropriate methods to model such solutions and assess the limitations of each method;
  • C3.   analyse engineering solutions using contemporary computer-based systems and appreciate their limitations;
  • C4.   investigate new and emerging technologies using fundamental knowledge;
  • C5.   analyse, objectively evaluate and apply the principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design to product design and development;
  • C6.   extract, from given data, that which is pertinent to an unfamiliar problem and make use of it in finding a solution;
  • C7.   select appropriate data from a range of possible data sets and present them in alternative forms to create deeper understanding and/or greater impact;
  • C8.   integrate knowledge from all aspects of the programme, applying understanding to novel and challenging situations, while being aware of the limitations of solutions;
  • C9.   generate an innovative design for systems, components or processes to fulfil new needs.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   manage and lead the design process taking account of customer constraints such as cost, health and safety, risk and environmental issues;
  • P2.   apply engineering techniques taking account of a range of commercial and industrial constraints;
  • P3.   communicate product design ideas through the presentation of concept drawings, computer visualisations and conventional sketching;
  • P4.   prepare engineering drawings, computer visualisations and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
  • P5.   research information and use new methods required for novel situations;
  • P6.   use appropriate computer software and laboratory equipment;
  • P7.   recognise the capabilities and limitations of computer based methods for engineering problem solving.
  • P8.   demonstrate advanced organisational and management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
  • T2.   apply creative and structured approaches to problem solving;
  • T3.   communicate effectively through written, graphical, interpersonal and presentation skills;
  • T4.   design and implement computer-based information systems;
  • T5.   work independently;
  • T6.   work in and lead a team;
  • T7.   organise and manage time and resources effectively;
  • T8.   learn new theories, concepts, methods etc.  in an unfamiliar situation outside the discipline area.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules 

Code Title Credits
MAA306 Mathematics for Manufacturing Engineering (sem1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
MMA102 Engineering Science 1 (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
MMA401 Product Design (Ergonomics & Visualisation) (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
MMA604 Materials and Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
MMA400 Manufacturing Design 1 10
MMA501 Integrating Studies 1a 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
MMA504 Integrating Studies 1b 10
MMA900 Electronic and Electrical Technology 1 10

 

4.2    Part B - Degree Modules 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules 

Code Title Credits
WSB501 Integrating Studies (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20
WSB504 Application of Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) 20

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSB112 Engineering Science 2 10
WSB310 Engineering and Management Modelling 10
WSB400 Industrial Design 10
WSB610 Manufacturing Technology 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSB210 Manufacturing Management 10
WSB301 Software Engineering 10
WSB413 Machine Design 10
MAB206 Statistics 10

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year 

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B or C and Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4    Part C - Degree Modules

Students must choose 30 credits of Options.  Students MUST select 10 credits from Group A and no more than 10 credits from each group.

Modules indicated with ** are paired together.  For example, (1a) in part C is paired with (2a) in part D.  Similarly (1e) in Part D is paired with (2e) also in part D.  All students MUST COMPLETE AT LEAST TWO of these specialist module pairs during Part C or D.  The second module of a pair (numbered 2) may not be taken without the prerequisite module (numbered 1) but the preliminary modules may be studied independently.

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules 

Code  Title  Credits
WSD551 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 Credits; Sem 2: 30 Credits) 50

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC401 Design Methods and Communication 10
WSC602 Sustainable Manufacturing 10
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development (1d) 10

Semester 2

Optional modules

(Students should select modules totalling 30 credits, including 10 credits from Group A and no more than 10 credits from any other 1 group) 

Group A Students should select 10 credits from this group)

Code Title Credits
MPC012 Polymer Engineering 1 - Processing and Manufacturing (1b) 10
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis (1c) 10

Group B

Code Title Credits
WSC300 Product Information Systems - Computer Aided Design 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC203 Manufacturing Planning & Control

10

Group D

Code Title Credits
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Engineering 10

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 4.5    Part D - Degree Modules           

At least 70 weight of level 7 (D modules) must be taken in Part D.

Students MUST select 30 credits of optional modules, with no more than ONE module from Groups B-F.  Students MUST select 30 credits from Groups G-L with no more than one from each group.  Note there will be at least 20 weight of linked modules (follow on from pre-requisite modules in Part C) across both semesters.

Students who elect to study WSC900 (1e) must also study WSD900 (2e) in Part D.

Students cannot choose modules already studied in Part C.

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSD503 Project Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1:10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 30

 Optional Modules

 

 

Group F

Code Title Credits
WSD900 Mechatronics (Sem 1: 10 Credits; Sem 2: 10 Credits) (2e) 20

 

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSD207 Project Management 10

 

Optional Modules

  Group A

Code

Title Credits
MPD014 Ploymer Engineering - Properties & Design (2b)

10

WSD100 Structural Integrity (2c) 10

 

 Group B

Code Title Credits
WSC600 Advanced Manufacturing Processes and Technology (1a) 10
WSC900 Computer Control and Instrumentation (1e) 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC201 Organisation Structure and Strategy 10

 Group D

Code Title Credits
WSC400 Design for Assembly 10

 Group E

Code Title Credits
WSD212 System Ergonomics for Product Design (2f) 10

 Semester 2

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credits
WSD407 Sustainable Product Design 10

Optional Modules 

 

Group G

Code Title Credits
WSD601 Advanced Manufacturing Processes & Technology 2 (2a) 10
WSD606 Advanced Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering (2d) 10

Group H

Code Title Credits
WSC206 Product Innovation Management 10

Group I

Code Title Credits
WSC603 Metrology 10

Group J

Code Title Credits
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700  Sports Engineering 10

Group K

Code Title Credits
LAN*** University Wide Language 10

Group L

Code Title Credits
WSC911 Industrial Machine Vision 10

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 

4.6    Studies Overseas

Students may choose to study Semester 1 only, during their Part D at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution.  The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the Programme Director.  An acceptable learning programme must include a major group project and studies at an advanced/masters level with modular weight not less than 20.  

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

5.1 Criteria for Progression and Award of Degree

Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part. 

To qualify for the award of the Degree of Masters of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part D, with no module mark less then 30%.

 

5.2 Criteria for Candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the Award of a Degree

Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX.  Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Product Design Engineering, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.

Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Product Design Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.  

 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidate’s final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The overall average percentage marks for each part will be combined in the ratio (Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40) to determine the overall average percentage mark.

Programme Specification

MM MEng (Hons) Mechanical Engineering (Students undertaking Part A in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Final award MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS / MEng+DIntS
Programme title Mechanical Engineering
Programme code WSUM03
Length of programme The duration of the programme is either 8 semesters, or 10 semesters if the students undertake the additional period of study normally between Parts B and C for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code H302, H303
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

Aims:

  • A1.   To prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Mechanical Engineering across a range of industries and activities including design, development, and analysis of complex systems
  • A2.   To provide as high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the necessary technical skills to understand mechanical systems and solve engineering problems
  • A3.   To promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
  • A4.   To develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers
  • A5.   To impart an appreciation of the essential practical and commercial, ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints of professional engineering
  • A6.   To support personal and professional development and foster creativity, develop design capability and teach the communication skills necessary to put ideas into practice

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct 2019) 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan 2014 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   The underpinning scientific, mathematical and engineering principles associated with mechanical engineering;
  • K2.   The characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basis mechanical workshop practices;
  • K3.   Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
  • K4.   Relevant codes of practice and regulatory framework and operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
  • K5.   Recognise the professional and ethic responsibilities of engineers;
  • K6.   Principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
  • K7.   Management techniques and an understanding of the commercial and economical context of the engineering business.
  • K8.   Developing technologies  in areas of specialization and understanding of concepts from areas peripheral to mechanical engineering, including a thorough appreciation of microprocessors and machine control software.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • C1.   Apply the principles of engineering science in developing solutions to practical mechanical engineering problems;
  • C2.   Create new engineering components and processes through the synthesis of ideas from a range of sources using appropriate design principles, techniques and codes of practice;
  • C3.   Integrate, evaluate and make use of information and data from a wide variety of sources including other engineering disciplines;
  • C4.   Generate innovative designs by evaluating and responding to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
  • C5.   Analyse complex mechanical systems, processes and components;
  • C6.   Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues and show the ability to assess risk;
  • C7.   Investigate new and emerging technologies using fundamental knowledge and learn new theories, concepts and methods in an familiar situations.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   Apply computer-based and mathematical methods to the modelling and analysis of engineering system, components and products;
  • P2.   Define and solve practical engineering problems;
  • P3.   Use laboratory and basis workshop equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
  • P4.   Generate ideas for new products and develop and evaluate a range of new solutions;
  • P5.   Gather and interpret information and evaluate designs;
  • P6.   Demonstrate the ability to manage the design process and apply appropriate techniques and codes of practice to the design of components and systems;
  • P7.   Prepare mechanical engineering drawings, computer-graphics and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
  • P8.   Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P9.   Demonstrate the ability to work with technical uncertainty;
  • P10.  Demonstrate high levels of organizational and project management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   Demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
  • T2.   Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • T3.   Adopt systematic approach to the solution of unfamiliar problems;
  • T4.   Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
  • T5.   Solve problems applying engineering techniques and tools;
  • T6.   Communicate effectively by means of technical reports, papers, graphical aids, interpersonal and presentational skills;
  • T7.   Design and implement basic computer based information systems;
  • T8.   Organise and manage time and resources effectively: develop work plans, take responsibility for their execution;
  • T9.   Undertake most of the technical roles within a team and exercise leadership;
  • T10.  Plan self-learning and improve performance, as the foundation for lifelong learning.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules

Semester 1 and 2 

Compulsory modules (100 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAA310 Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA101 Statics and Dynamics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA508 Engineering Principles & Professional Skills (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA604 Materials & Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA800 Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA901 Electronic Systems for Mechanical Processes 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA100 Mechanics of Materials 10

 

4.2 Part B  - Degree Modules

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB300 Engineering Computation (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) 10
WSB500 Application of Engineering Design: Industry Based Project (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) 10

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB110 Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering 3 10
WSB100  Mecahnics of Materials 2 10 
WSB101 Engineering Dynamics 2 

10 

WSB104  Control Engineering  10 
WSB800  Thermodynamics 2  10 

Semester 2

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

 

Code Title Credits
WSB045 Electrical Power & Machines 10
WSB403 Design of Machine Elements 10
WSB404 Computer Aided Design, Manufacture and Test (CADMAT) 10
WSB801 Heat Transfer 10
WSB802 Fluid Mechanics 2 10

 

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year

Code Title
WSI010 DIS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 DPS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 DIntS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing)

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C or Part C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4 Part C - Degree Modules  

Students MUST choose 20 credits of options in Semester One and 30 credits in Semester Two.

TWO modules (20 credits) must be selected from Group A or Group B (both from the same group), OR ONE module from Group A or B and ONE module from Group C.

Students MUST select TWO deepening modules from Group D, the following pairs will be taken in Part D.

A language option can only be selected in Semester 1 OR Semester 2 but NOT both.

 

Semester 1 and 2


Compulsory Modules (50 credtis)

Code Title Credits
WSD550 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) 50

 Semester 1


Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC900 Computer Control and Instrumentation 10

Optional Modules

Group A

Code Title Credits
WSC801 Advanced Heat Transfer 10
WSC804 Energy Systems Analysis 10
WSC910 Laser Materials Processing 10

 

Group B

Code Title Credits
WSC104 Robotics and Control 10
WSC107 Contacts Mechanics: Triblogy 10
WSC602 Sustainable Engineering 10

 

Group C

Code Title Credits
LAN*** University Wide Language 10

 

 

Semester 2

 

Group D

Code Title Credtis
MPC012 Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture (1a) 10
WSC101 Vibration and Noise (1b) 10
WSC105 Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery (1c) 10
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis (1d) 10
WSC802 Computational Fluid Dynamics (1e) 10

 

Group E

 

Code Title Credits
MPC014 Materials of Service 10
MPC102 Fracture and Failure 10
WSC301 Computer Aided Engineering 10
WSC803 Ballistics and Rocket Propulsion 10
WSC911 Industrial Machine Vision 10

 

Group F

Code Title Credits
LAN*** University Wide Language 10

  

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

4.5 Part D - Degree Modules

 

Students MUST choose 40 credits of options in Semester One and 40 credits in Semester Two.

ONE module (10 credits) must be selected from Group A or Group E.  TWO modules (20 credits) must be from Group B.  Modules in Group B are linked to modules in Part C

No more than ONE module to be chosen from each of Groups E, F, G, H, I, or J.  Note students who elected to study WSD900 in Semester One only need to select 30 credits as this module runs over both semesters.

A language option can only be selected in Semester 1 OR Semester 2 but NOT both.

Students cannot register for modules already studied in Part C.

 

Semester 1 and 2


Compulsory Modules (30 Credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD503 Product Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 30

Optional Modules

Group C and F

Code Title Credits
WSD900 Intelligent Automation Using Machine Learning 20

 

 

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD403 Engineering Design Management 10

Optional Modules

Group A

Code Title Credits
WSD500 Project Leadership 10

Group B

Code Title Credits
WSD100 Structural Integrity (2d) 10
WSD101 Drive Train Dynamics (2c) 10
WSD102 Non-Linear Dynamics (2b) 10
WSD802 Computational Fluid Dynamics (2e)  10 
MPD014  Polymer Engineering 2 - Properties and Design (2a) 10 

 Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development 10
WSD602 Sustainable Engineering 10

Group D

Code Title Credits
LAN*** University Wide Language 10

 

Semester 2

Optional Modules

Group E

Code Title Credits
WSD407 Sustainable Product Design 10

Group F

Code Title Credits
WSD902 Laser and Optical Measurements 10

Group G

Code Title Credits
WSC301 Computer Aided Engineering 10
WSC800 Internal Combustion Engines 20
WSC803 Ballistics and Rocket Propulsion 10

 

Group H

 

Code Title Credits
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Engineering 10

 

Group I

 

Code Title Credits
WSD602 Industrial Sustainability 10
WSD606 Additive Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering 10

 

Group J

 

Code Title Credits
LAN*** University Wide Language 10

 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

  

4.7  Studies Overseas

Students may choose to study Semester 1 (only) during their Part D, at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution.  The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the programme director for their course.  An acceptable learning programme should, where possible, include a group project and studies at an advanced/masters level. 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

5.1 Criteria for Progression and Degree Award 

Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.

To qualify for the award of the Degree of Master of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.

 

5.2 Criteria for candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the award of a Degree.

Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat Module Assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX.  Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng degree programme in Mechanical Engineering, before commencing Part C, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression for that programme at the appropriate point.

In exceptional circumstances, any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of the degree of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Mechanical Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme. 

 

 

              

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level modules assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks will be combined in the ratio Part B - 20, Part C - 40, Part D – 40 to determine the overall average percentage mark for the programme (the programme mark).

 

Programme Specification

MM MEng (Hons) Mechanical Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Final award MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS / MEng+DInts
Programme title Mechanical Engineering
Programme code WSUM03
Length of programme The duration of the programme is either 8 semesters, or 10 semesters if the students undertake the additional period of study normally between Parts B and C for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code H302, H303
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

Aims:

  • A1.   To prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Mechanical Engineering across a range of industries and activities including design, development, and analysis of complex systems
  • A2.   To provide as high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the necessary technical skills to understand mechanical systems and solve engineering problems
  • A3.   To promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
  • A4.   To develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers
  • A5.   To impart an appreciation of the essential practical and commercial, ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints of professional engineering
  • A6.   To support personal and professional development and foster creativity, develop design capability and teach the communication skills necessary to put ideas into practice

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct.2019) 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan 2014 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   The underpinning scientific, mathematical and engineering principles associated with mechanical engineering;
  • K2.   The characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basis mechanical workshop practices;
  • K3.   Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
  • K4.   Relevant codes of practice and regulatory framework and operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
  • K5.   Recognise the professional and ethic responsibilities of engineers;
  • K6.   Principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
  • K7.   Management techniques and an understanding of the commercial and economical context of the engineering business.
  • K8.   Developing technologies  in areas of specialization and understanding of concepts from areas peripheral to mechanical engineering, including a thorough appreciation of microprocessors and machine control software.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • C1.   Apply the principles of engineering science in developing solutions to practical mechanical engineering problems;
  • C2.   Create new engineering components and processes through the synthesis of ideas from a range of sources using appropriate design principles, techniques and codes of practice;
  • C3.   Integrate, evaluate and make use of information and data from a wide variety of sources including other engineering disciplines;
  • C4.   Generate innovative designs by evaluating and responding to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
  • C5.   Analyse complex mechanical systems, processes and components;
  • C6.   Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues and show the ability to assess risk;
  • C7.   Investigate new and emerging technologies using fundamental knowledge and learn new theories, concepts and methods in familiar situations.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   Apply computer-based and mathematical methods to the modelling and analysis of engineering system, components and products;
  • P2.   Define and solve practical engineering problems;
  • P3.   Use laboratory and basis workshop equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
  • P4.   Generate ideas for new products and develop and evaluate a range of new solutions;
  • P5.   Gather and interpret information and evaluate designs;
  • P6.   Demonstrate the ability to manage the design process and apply appropriate techniques and codes of practice to the design of components and systems;
  • P7.   Prepare mechanical engineering drawings, computer-graphics and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
  • P8.   Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P9.   Demonstrate the ability to work with technical uncertainty;
  • P10.  Demonstrate high levels of organizational and project management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   Demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
  • T2.   Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • T3.   Adopt systematic approach to the solution of unfamiliar problems;
  • T4.   Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
  • T5.   Solve problems applying engineering techniques and tools;
  • T6.   Communicate effectively by means of technical reports, papers, graphical aids, interpersonal and presentational skills;
  • T7.   Design and implement basic computer based information systems;
  • T8.   Organise and manage time and resources effectively: develop work plans, take responsibility for their execution;
  • T9.   Undertake most of the technical roles within a team and exercise leadership;
  • T10.  Plan self-learning and improve performance, as the foundation for lifelong learning.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules

Semester 1 and 2 

Compulsory modules (100 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAA310 Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA101 Statics and Dynamics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA508 Engineering Principles & Professional Skills (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA604 Materials & Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
WSA800 Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA901 Electronic Systems for Mechanical Processes 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA100 Mechanics of Materials 10

 

4.2 Part B  - Degree Modules

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB300 Engineering Computation (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) 10
WSB500 Application of Engineering Design: Industry Based Project (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) 10

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB110 Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering 10
WSB100 Mechanics of Materials 2 10 
WSB101 Engineering Dynamics 2 

10 

WSB104 

Control Engineering  10 
WSB800  Thermodynamics 2  10 

Semester 2

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

 

Code Title Credits
WSB045 Electrical Power & Machines 10
WSB403 Design of Machine Elements 10
WSB404 Computer Aided Design, Manufacture and Test (CADMAT) 10
WSB801 Heat Transfer 10
WSB802 Fluid Mechanics 10

 

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year

Code Title
WSI010 DIS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 DPS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 DIntS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing)

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C or Part C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4 Part C - Degree Modules  

Semester 1 and 2


Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD550 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) 50

 Semester 1


Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC900 Computer Control and Instrumentation 10

Optional Modules

Students MUST choose 20 credits of options in Semester One and 30 credits in Semester Two.

TWO modules (20 credits) must be selected from Group A or Group B (both from the same group), OR ONE module from Group A or B and ONE module from Group C.

Group D has deepening pairs associated to Part D modules, students should select TWO modules (20 credits) of modules from this group which will be followed on in Part D.

ONE module (10 credits) must be selected from each of Group D, E, F and G. Modules in Group D and E are paired with modules in Part D.

A language options can only be selected in Semester 1 OR Semester 2, not both.

Group A

Code Title Credits
WSC801 Advanced Heat Transfer 10
WSC804 Energy Systems Analysis 10
WSC910 Laser Materials Processing 10

 

Group B 

Code Title Credits
WSC104 Robotics and Control 10
WSC107 Contacts Mechanics: Tribology 10
WSC602 Sustainable Engineering 10

 

Group C

 

Code Title Credits
LAN*** University Wide Language 10

 

Semester 2

Group D

 

Code Title Credits
WSC101 Vibration and Noise (1b) 10
WSC105 Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery (1a) 10
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis (1c) 10
WSC802 Computational Fluid Dynamics 1 (1d) 10
MPC012 Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture (1e) 10

 

Group E

Code Title Credtis
WSC301 Computer Aided Engineering 10
WSC803 Ballistics and Rocket Propulsion 10
WSC911 Industrial Machine Vision 10
MPC014 Materials in Service 10
MPC102 Fracture and Failure 10

 

Group E

Code Title Credits
LAN*** University Wide Language 10

  

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

4.5 Part D - Degree Modules

Semester 1 and 2


Compulsory Modules (30 Credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD503 Product Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 30

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD403 Engineering Design Management 10

Optional Modules

Students need to select TWO deepening modules from Group B, these shoud follow on from modules taken in Part C.

Students MUST select ONE module from Group A (either Semester 1 or Semester 2).

Language options can ONLY be taken in Semester One OR Semester Two, not both.

No more than ONE module may be taken from each group, with a total of 40 credits to be selected in Semester 2.

NOTE: Students who elect to study WSD900 in Semester One only need to select 30 credits as this module runs over both semesters.

Students cannot register for modules already studied in Part C.

Semester 1 & 2

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSD900 Intelligent Automation Using Machine Learning 10

Semester 1

Group A

Code Title Credits
WSD500 Project Leadership 10

Group B

Code Title Credits
WSD100 Structural Integrity (2c) 10
WSD101 Drive Train Dynamics (2b) 10
WSD102 Non-Linear Dynamics (2a) 10
WSD802 Computational Fluid Dynamics (2d)  10 
MPD014  Polymer Engineering 2 - Properties and Design (2e) 10 

 Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development 10
WSC602 Sustainable Engineering 10
LAN*** University Wide Language 10

Semester 1

Group A

Code Title Credits
WSD407 Sustainable Product Design 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSD902 Laser and Optical Measurements 10


Group D

Code Title Credits
WSC301 Computer Aided Engineering 10
WSC800 Internal Combustion Engines 20
WSC803 Ballistics and Rocket Propulsion 10

Group E

Code Title Credits
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Engineering 10

Group F

Code Title Credits
WSD602 Industial Sustainability 10
WSD606 Additive Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering 10

Group G

Code Title Credits
LAN*** University Wide Language 10

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

  

4.7  Studies Overseas

Students may choose to study Semester 1 (only) during their Part D, at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution.  The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the programme director for their course.  An acceptable learning programme should, where possible, include a group project and studies at an advanced/masters level. 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

5.1 Criteria for Progression and Degree Award 

Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.

To qualify for the award of the Degree of Master of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall of 55%.

 

5.2 Criteria for candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the award of a Degree.

Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat Module Assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX.  Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng degree programme in Mechanical Engineering, before commencing Part C, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression for that programme at the appropriate point.

In exceptional circumstances, any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of the degree of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Mechanical Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme. 

 

 

              

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level modules assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks will be combined in the ratio Part B - 20, Part C - 40, Part D – 40 to determine the overall average percentage mark for the programme (the programme mark).

 

Programme Specification

MM MEng (Hons) Mechanical Engineering (Students undertaking Part D in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Institution of Mechanical Engineers (IMechE)

Final award MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS / MEng+DInts
Programme title Mechanical Engineering
Programme code WSUM03
Length of programme The duration of the programme is either 8 semesters, or 10 semesters if the students undertake the additional period of study normally between Parts B and C for the award of the Diploma of Industrial Studies, the Diploma of International Studies or the Diploma of Professional Studies.
UCAS code H302, H303
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/departments/meme/undergraduate/courses/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

Aims:

  • A1.   To prepare highly skilled graduates to pursue careers in Mechanical Engineering across a range of industries and activities including design, development, and analysis of complex systems
  • A2.   To provide as high-quality learning experience across a complete range of core subjects in order to give students the necessary technical skills to understand mechanical systems and solve engineering problems
  • A3.   To promote high-quality engineering practice by applying appropriate knowledge, skills, tools and techniques in the analysis, diagnosis and solution of industry-related problems.
  • A4.   To develop engineers capable of designing systems and managing the development process in order to deliver solutions that meet the requirements of customers
  • A5.   To impart an appreciation of the essential practical and commercial, ethical, business, sustainability and legal constraints of professional engineering
  • A6.   To support personal and professional development and foster creativity, develop design capability and teach the communication skills necessary to put ideas into practice

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education (QAA) – ‘Subject Benchmark Statement for Engineering’, (Oct.2019) 
  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘UK-SPEC, UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence’, 3rd Edition, Jan 2014 

  • Engineering Council (UK). ‘The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes’, 3rd Edition, May 2014 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   The underpinning scientific, mathematical and engineering principles associated with mechanical engineering;
  • K2.   The characteristics of engineering materials, equipment and processes and an awareness of basis mechanical workshop practices;
  • K3.   Engineering principles, quantitative methods, mathematical and computer models;
  • K4.   Relevant codes of practice and regulatory framework and operational practices for safe operation of engineering processes;
  • K5.   Recognise the professional and ethic responsibilities of engineers;
  • K6.   Principles of industrial design, engineering design and manufacturing design;
  • K7.   Management techniques and an understanding of the commercial and economical context of the engineering business.
  • K8.   Developing technologies  in areas of specialization and understanding of concepts from areas peripheral to mechanical engineering, including a thorough appreciation of microprocessors and machine control software.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

n successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • C1.   Apply the principles of engineering science in developing solutions to practical mechanical engineering problems;
  • C2.   Create new engineering components and processes through the synthesis of ideas from a range of sources using appropriate design principles, techniques and codes of practice;
  • C3.   Integrate, evaluate and make use of information and data from a wide variety of sources including other engineering disciplines;
  • C4.   Generate innovative designs by evaluating and responding to customer needs, including fitness for purpose and cost;
  • C5.   Analyse complex mechanical systems, processes and components;
  • C6.   Investigate and define engineering problems within the framework of economic, social, ethical and environmental issues and show the ability to assess risk;
  • C7.   Investigate new and emerging technologies using fundamental knowledge and learn new theories, concepts and methods in familiar situations.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   Apply computer-based and mathematical methods to the modelling and analysis of engineering system, components and products;
  • P2.   Define and solve practical engineering problems;
  • P3.   Use laboratory and basis workshop equipment in an appropriate and safe manner;
  • P4.   Generate ideas for new products and develop and evaluate a range of new solutions;
  • P5.   Gather and interpret information and evaluate designs;
  • P6.   Demonstrate the ability to manage the design process and apply appropriate techniques and codes of practice to the design of components and systems;
  • P7.   Prepare mechanical engineering drawings, computer-graphics and technical reports and give technically competent oral presentations;
  • P8.   Apply relevant codes of practice and industry standards;
  • P9.   Demonstrate the ability to work with technical uncertainty;
  • P10.  Demonstrate high levels of organizational and project management skills.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   Demonstrate a high level of numeracy;
  • T2.   Search and retrieve information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • T3.   Adopt systematic approach to the solution of unfamiliar problems;
  • T4.   Select and analyse appropriate evidence and data to solve problems;
  • T5.   Solve problems applying engineering techniques and tools;
  • T6.   Communicate effectively by means of technical reports, papers, graphical aids, interpersonal and presentational skills;
  • T7.   Design and implement basic computer based information systems;
  • T8.   Organise and manage time and resources effectively: develop work plans, take responsibility for their execution;
  • T9.   Undertake most of the technical roles within a team and exercise leadership;
  • T10.  Plan self-learning and improve performance, as the foundation for lifelong learning.

4. Programme structure

4.1    Part A - Introductory Modules

Semester 1 and 2 

Compulsory modules (100 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAA310 Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
MMA101 Statics and Dynamics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
MMA508 Engineering Principles & Professional Skills (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
MMA604 Materials & Manufacturing Processes (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20
MMA800 Thermodynamics and Fluid Mechanics (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
MMA901 Electronic Systems for Mechanical Processes 10

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
MMA100 Mechanics of Materials 10

 

4.2 Part B  - Degree Modules

 Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
MMB300 Engineering Computation (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) 10
MMB500 Application of Engineering Design: Industry Based Project (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) 10

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
MAB110 Mathematics for Mechanical Engineering 10
MMB100 Mechanics of Materials 2 10 
MMB101 Engineering Dynamics 2 

10 

MMB104  Control Engineering  10 
MMB800  Thermodynamics 2  10 

Semester 2

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

 

Code Title Credits
ELB045 Electrical Power & Machines 10
MMB403 Design of Machine Elements 10
MMB404 Computer Aided Design, Manufacture and Test (CADMAT) 10
MMB801 Heat Transfer 10
MMB802 Fluid Mechanics 10

 

4.3    Part I – Optional Placement Year

 

 

Code Title
WSI010 DIS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing)
WSI020 DPS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing)
WSI035 DIntS Industrial Placement (non-credit bearing)

 

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DintS), Part I will be followed between Parts B and C or Part C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4 Part C - Degree Modules  


Students MUST choose 20 credits of options (O) in Semester One and 30 credits in Semester Two.

TWO modules (20 credits) must be selected from Group A or Group B (both from the same group), OR ONE module from Group A or B and ONE module from Group C.

ONE module (10 credits) must be selected from each of Group D, E, F and G.  Modules in Group D and E are paired with modules in Part D.

Semester 1 and 2


Compulsory Modules (50 credtis)

Code Title Credits
WSD550 Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) 50

 Semester 1


Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
WSC900 Computer Control and Instrumentation 10

Optional Modules (students should select modules totalling 20 credits)

 

Code Title Credits Group
WSC801 Advanced Heat Transfer 10 OA
WSC804 Energy Systems Analysis 10 OA
WSC910 Laser Materials Processing 10 OA
WSC104 Robotics and Control 10 OB
WSC107 Contacts Mechanics: Tribology 10 OB
WSC911 Industrial Machine Vision 10 OB
LAN*** University Wide Language 10 OC

 

Semester 2

 

Optional Modules (Students should select modules totalling 30 credits)

 

Code Title Credits Group
WSC101 Vibration and Noise 10 OD (1a)
WSC105 Kinematics and Dynamics of Machinery 10 OD (1b)
WSC106 Finite Element Analysis 10 OD (1c)
WSC802 Computation Fluid Dynamics 1 10 OD (1d)
MPC012 Polymer Engineering - Processing and Manufacture 10 OD (1e)
WSC301 Computer Aided Engineering 10 OF
WSC803 Ballistics and Rocket propulsion 10 OF
MPC014 Materials in Service 10 OF
MPC012 Fracture and Failure 10 OF
LAN*** University wide Language 10 OF

 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

4.5 Part D - Degree Modules

Semester 1 and 2


Compulsory Modules (30 Credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD503 Product Engineering - Total Product Design (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits) 30

Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (10 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSD403 Engineering Design Management 10

 

Optional Modules

Students need to select TWO deepening modules from Group B, these should followon from modules taken in Part C.

Students MUST select ONE module from Group A (either Semester 1 or Semester 2).

Language options can ONLY be taken in Semester 1 OR Semester 2, not both.

No more than ONE module may be taken from each group, with a total of 40 credits to be selected in Semester 2.

NOTE Students who elect to study WSD900 in Semester 1 only need to select 30 credits as this module runs over both semesters..

Students cannot register for modules already studied in Part C.

 

Semester 1 & 2

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSD900 Intelligent Automation Using Machine Learning (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 10 credits) 20

 

Semester 1

Group A

Code Title Credits
WSD500 Project Leadership 10

Group B

Code Title Credits
WSD100 Structural Integrity (2c) 10
WSD101 Drive Train Dynamics (2b) 10
WSD102 Nonlinear Dynamics (2a) 10
 WSD802 Computational Fluid Dynamics 2 (2d)  10 
MPD014  Polymer Engineering 2 - Properties and Design (2e)  10 

 Group C

Code Title Credits
WSC606 Additive Manufacturing for Product Development 10
WS602 Sustainable Engineering 10
LAN*** University Wide Language 10

Semester 2

Group A

Code Title Credits
WSD407 Sustainable Product Design 10

Group C

Code Title Credits
WSD902 Laser and Optical Measurement 10

Group D

Code Title Credits
WSC301 Computer Aided Engineering 10
WSC800 Internal Combustion Engines 20
WSC803 Ballistics and Rocket Propulsion 10

Group E

Code Title Credits
WSC610 Healthcare Engineering 10
WSC700 Sports Engineering 10

Group F

Code Title Credits
WSD602 Industial Sustainability 10
WSD606 Additive Manufacturing and Reverse Engineering 10

Group G

Code Title Credits
LAN*** University Wide Language 10

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

  

4.7  Studies Overseas

Students may choose to study Semester 1 (only) during their Part D, at an approved Overseas Higher Education Institution.  The mix of subjects of the learning programme must first be approved by the programme director for their course.  An acceptable learning programme should, where possible, include a group project and studies at an advanced/masters level. 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

5.1 Criteria for Progression and Degree Award 

Progression from Part A to Part B, from Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to the provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.

To qualify for the award of the Degree of Master of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part D, and achieve an overall average of 55%.

 

5.2 Criteria for candidates who do not meet the requirements for Progression or the award of a Degree.

Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat Module Assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX.  Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng degree programme in Mechanical Engineering, before commencing Part C, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression for that programme at the appropriate point.

In exceptional circumstances, any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of the degree of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Mechanical Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme. 

 

 

              

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

Candidates’ final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level modules assessments in Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks will be combined in the ratio Part B - 20, Part C - 40, Part D – 40 to determine the overall average percentage mark for the programme (the programme mark).

 

Programme Specification

EL MEng (Hons) Electronic and Electrical Engineering (Students undertaking Part D in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)
Institute of Measurement and Control (InstMC)
Energy Institute (EI)

See also further details in 'Programme Structure' below.

 

Final award MEng/ MEng+DIS / MEng+DPS/ MEng+DIntS
Programme title Electronic and Electrical Engineering
Programme code WSUM10
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 8 semesters or 10 semesters if taken with either the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS). The programme is only available on a full-time basis.
UCAS code H601, H605
Admissions criteria

http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/electronic-electrical-engineering/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

To meet the aims of the BEng programme in Electronic and Electrical Engineering and to further enhance a student’s learning experience by providing a high quality educational experience, for well motivated high achievers, that:

  • A1.   increases the depth and breadth of technical study to the level expected of Masters level graduates;
  • A2.   develops knowledge and skills, to a depth and breadth expected of Masters level graduates, as a preparation for a career in the electronic and electrical engineering industry;
  • A3.   develops an enhanced capacity for independent learning, planning and self–reliance;
  • A4.   enhances teamwork and leadership skills, equipping graduates of the programme to play leading roles in industry and potentially take responsibility for future innovation and change.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence; Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.

UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence; The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.

Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation, Engineering Council UK, 2014.

The UK Quality Code for Higher Education. The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.

Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.

 

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate a knowledge and understanding of:

  • K1.   mathematical methods appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines, including their limitations and range of applicability
  • K2.   principles of engineering and/or systems science appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines, including their range of applicability;
  • K3.   principles of Information Technology and Communications appropriate to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
  • K4.   design principles and techniques appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software;
  • K5.   characteristics of relevant engineering materials and components;
  • K6.   management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries, their application and limitations;
  • K7.   codes of practice and regulatory frameworks relevant to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
  • K8.   operational practices and requirements for safe operation relevant to electronic and electrical engineering and related disciplines;
  • K9.   the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers;
  • K10.  team roles, team-working skills and leadership skills;
  • K11.  relevant research methods.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate:

  • C1.   an understanding of standard mathematical and/or computer based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering problems, and the essential principles of modelling and analysing routine engineering systems, processes, components and products;
  • C2.   an ability to develop innovative solutions to practical engineering problems;
  • C3.   a competence in defining and solving practical engineering problems;
  • C4.   the ability to apply systems processes in a range of different engineering contexts.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • P1.   use appropriate or novel mathematical methods for modelling and analysing pertinent engineering problems;
  • P2.   select and use relevant test and measurement equipment;
  • P3.   plan and execute safely novel or unfamiliar experimental laboratory work;
  • P4.   select and use computational tools and packages (including programming languages where appropriate);
  • P5.   design, and where appropriate construct, new systems, components or processes;
  • P6.   undertake testing of design ideas in the laboratory or by simulation, and analyse and critically evaluate the results;
  • P7.   search for, retrieve and evaluate information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • P8.   manage a project and produce technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings at an appropriate level.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

  • T1.   manipulate, sort and present data in a range of forms;
  • T2.   use evidence based methods in the solution of complex problems;
  • T3.   work with limited, incomplete and/or contradictory information in the solution of unfamiliar problems;
  • T4.   use an engineering and/or systems approach to the solution of problems in unfamiliar situations;
  • T5.   be creative and innovative in problem solving;
  • T6.   work effectively as part of a team and show potential for leadership;
  • T7.   use a wide range of information and communications technology;
  • T8.   manage time and resources;
  • T9.   use appropriate management tools;
  • T10.  communicate effectively orally, visually and in writing at an appropriate level;
  • T11.  learn effectively, continuously and independently in a variety of environments.

4. Programme structure

 

4.1       Part A - Introductory Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulosry Modules (120 credits)

Code Title Credits
ELA005 Electromagnetism A 20
ELA004 Signals and Systems 20
ELA007 Introduction to Systems Engineering for Projects 20
MAA303 Mathematics A 20
ELA001 Circuits 20
ELA003 Electronics A 20
ELA010 Programming and Software Design 20

The 20 credit module ELA001 Circuits is taught over both semesters, 2/3 of the module is taught in Semester 1 and 1/3 in Semester 2.

 

4.2       Part B - Degree Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (105 credits)

Code Title Weight
ELB002 Communications 15
ELB003 Electromechanical Systems 15
ELB004 Control System Design 15
ELB010 Electronics B 20
ELB013 Engineering Project Management 20
MAB303 Mathematics B 20

Optional Modules (students should take one of the optional modules indcated)

Code Title Credits
ELB012 Renewable Energy Systems Analysis 15
ELB014 Software Engineering 15
ELB019 Computer Architecture 15
MMB140 Mechanics 15

 

4.3       Part I

Code Title
WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS),Part I will be between Parts B and C or between Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

 

4.3       Part C - Degree Modules

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (45 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC008 Business Management 15
WSD001 Team Project 30

 Optional Modules (75 credits)

Code Title Credits Group
WSC002 Principles of Digital Communications 15 OA
WSC003 Renewable Energy Sources 15 OA
WSC004 Computer Networks 15 OA
WSC007 Electromagnetism C 15 OA
WSC012 Systems Engineering Applications Theory 15 OA
WSC013 Electromagnatic Compatibility 15 OA
WSC014 Biophotonics Engineering 15 OA
WSC018 Real-Time Software Engineering 15 OA
WSC022 Power Electronics for Renewables 15 OA
WSC030 Bioelectricity - Fundamentals and Applications  15  OA 
WSC039 Microwave Communication Systems  15  OA 
WSC041 Digital and State Space Control  15  OA 
WSC054 Electronic Systems Design with FPGAs  15  OA 
WSC055 Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation 15 OA
WSC056 Fundamentals of Digital Signal Processing 15 OA
DSC502 Human Factors in Systems Design C 15 OA
MPC022 Materials Properties and Applications 15 OA
XXXXXX Options from the University Catalogue 30 OB

 

The option OB allows a free choice of modules worth 30 credits from the University Catalogue. This choice should be restricted to modules from Part B, C or D level, subject to the overall requirement for the Part that at least 90 credits should be from Part C level or above. Choosing modules from Part D may result in examinations at the end of Semester 1. This free choice includes language modules from the University-wide Language Programme.  The total of 120 credits should be arranged as near to 60 credits per semester as possible. 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 

4.4       Part D - Degree Modules

Students need to select FOUR modules across the year, totalling 60 credits.  Students should look to balance the credit and workload across they year.

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules

Code Title Credit
WSD030 Advanced Individual Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits) 50
WSD034 Applying Management Theory (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits) 10

 

Semester 1

Optional Modules

Code Title Credit
WSD506 Digital Signal Processing 15
WSD509 Communication Networks 15
WSD510 Personal Radio Communications 15
WSD511 Information Theory and Coding 15
WSD530 Programming Multi-Many Core Systems 15
WSD531 Renewable Energy Technologies, Economics and Policy 15
WSD533 Solar Power 15
WSD534 Introduction to Wind Turbine Technology 15
WSD535 Water Power 15
WSD536 Bioenergy 15
WSD546 Statistical Methods and Data Analysis 15
WSD568 Sensors and Actuators for Control 15

Semester 2

Optional Modules

 

Code Title Credit
WSD062 Understanding Complexity 15
WSD508 Digital Signal Processing for Software Defined Radio 15
WSD516 Telecommunications Network Security 15
WSD517 Mobile Network Technologies 15
WSD518 Elements of Pulsed Power Technologies 15
WSD523 Antennas 15
WSD525 Advanced Electronic Engineering Applications 15
WSD526 Radio Frequency and Microwave Integrated Circuit Design 15
WSD532 Integration of Renewables 15
WSD538 Energy Storage 10
WSD540 Advanced Photovoltaics 10
WSD541 Wind Turbine AeroDynamics and Load 10

 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and students having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

5.1 Criteria for Programme Progression

 

Progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C and from Part C to Part D will be subject to provisions set out in Regulation XX and in addition candidates must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in that part.

 

For candidates who commence study on the programme before October, 2016:

To progress from Part A to Part B, candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part A, with no module mark less than 30% and obtain an average mark in Part A of at least 55%.

To progress from Part B to either Part C or Part I, (a period of professional training and/or study at an approved institution abroad, DIS or DIntS), candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part B, with no module mark less than 30% and obtain an average mark in Part B of at least 55%.

To progress from Part C to either Part D or Part I, (a period of professional training and/or study at an approved institution abroad, DIS or DIntS), candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part C, with no module mark less than 30% and obtain an average mark in Part C of at least 55%.

5.2 Degree award

To qualify for the award of the degree of Master of Engineering, candidates must accumulate 100 credits from Part D, with no module marks less than 30%.

In addition, candidates should normally obtain a mark of at least 50% in all modules with the prefix WSD5xx in order to accumulate credit.

 

 

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX.  The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 15: Part C 42.5: Part D 42.5, to determine the final Programme Mark.

Programme Specification

EL MEng (Hons) Systems Engineering (Students undertaking Part C in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Final award MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng + DPS/ MEng+DIntS
Programme title Systems Engineering
Programme code WSUM20
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 8 semesters or 10 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS). The programme is only available on a full-time basis.
UCAS code H660, H641
Admissions criteria

 http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/systems­engineering/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

To meet the all of the aims of the MEng programme in Systems Engineering and to further enhance a student’s learning experience by providing a high quality educational experience, for well motivated high achievers, that:

  • A1.   increases the depth and breadth of technical study to the level expected of Masters level graduates;
  • A2.   develops knowledge and skills, to a depth and breadth expected of Masters level graduates, as a preparation for a career in industry;
  • A3.   takes the student through the first level expected when applying for chartered engineer status
  • A4.   develops an enhanced capacity for independent learning, planning, self–reliance and self- evaluation;
  • A5.   enhances teamwork and leadership skills, equipping graduates of the programme to play leading roles in industry and potentially take responsibility for future innovation and change;
  • A6.   develop an appreciation for complexity and uncertainty in engineering systems;
  • A7.   Provides an introduction to and experience of mentoring and evaluation processes and techniques enabling the student to articulate identified issues and suggest alternative approaches within a system design context;
  • A8.   Provides an opportunity to work in a multi-disciplinary team and to apply project management and engineering theory and practice in a collaborative and competitive
  • A9.   environment to build and demonstrate a complex autonomous system capable of fulfilling a changing set of requirements;
  • A10.  Increases the awareness of the complexities in the configuration of Systems of Systems (SoS) particularly at the interfaces of the component systems and hence the need to take a holistic view of SoS development and operation;
  • A11.  Develops a deeper understanding of the socio-technical aspects of systems and systems of systems design and operation.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
  • Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation, Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
  • The UK Quality Code for Higher Education, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
  • Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
  • Master's Degree Characteristics, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, March 2010.

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate a knowledge and understanding of:

 

  • K1.   the nature of systems thinking and systems engineering concepts and terminology;
  • K2.   the form and value of systems engineering-based techniques, methods and methodologies and their use in the development and evaluation of complex systems and systems of systems in a range of engineering and commercial domains;
  • K3.   the provenance and theory behind a range of systems and systems engineering tools, methods and processes;
  • K4.   the need for an integrated systems approach using appropriate and timely configurations of systems engineering methods, tools and processes;
  • K5.   the importance of integrating Requirements Specification, Systems Design and Validation and Verification approaches along the whole systems life cycle;
  • K6.   the role and limitations of systems architecture approaches: the interfaces between technical sub-systems with organisational, human and process sub systems;
  • K7.   Engineering and Management of Capability;
  • K8.   the theory behind and application of mentoring approaches;
  • K9.   the theory behind and application of formal project evaluation methods and practice;
  • K10.  mathematical methods appropriate to systems engineering and related disciplines, including their limitations and range of applicability;
  • K11.  principles of engineering and/or systems science appropriate to engineering and related disciplines, including their range of applicability;
  • K12.  principles of information technology and communications appropriate to engineering of complex systems;
  • K13.  knowledge and information management techniques and tools;
  • K14.  design principles and techniques appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software;
  • K15.  characteristics of relevant common engineering materials and components;
  • K16.  management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries, their application and limitations;
  • K17.  relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks relevant to systems engineering and related disciplines;
  • K18.  operational practices and requirements for safe operation relevant to electronic and electrical engineering;
  • K19.  the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers;
  • K20.  research methodologies and approaches;
  • K21.  ability to deal with uncertain, incomplete and changing information in a dynamic systems or systems of systems context.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate:

 

  • C1.   an ability to apply a systems engineering approach to engineering, problem structuring and problem solving in a variety of engineering contexts;
  • C2.   ability to select and apply different systems engineering tools, methods and processes based on both an understanding of the theory behind the tools and an appreciation of their functionality and applicability to the system context;
  • C3.   the role and processes involved in mentoring individuals and groups and evaluation of projects against goals set;
  • C4.   an understanding of standard mathematical and/or computer based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering problems, and the essential principles of modelling and analysing routine engineering systems, processes, components and products;
  • C5.   an appreciation of the socio-technical aspects of system design and operation and the application of methods and techniques available in this area;
  • C6.   a competency in systems architecting approaches;
  • C7.   an understanding of a range of areas dependent on modules studied eg control techniques used in industry, aeronautical considerations of aircraft design and performance, different renewable energy generation technologies, human factors in systems design, financial management, system architecting, innovation etc.
  • C8.   an ability to develop innovative solutions to practical engineering problems;
  • C9.   a competence in defining and solving practical engineering problems;
  • C10.  the ability to integrate, evaluate and use information, data and ideas from a range of sources in their project work.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

 

  • P1.   develop a viable systems engineering approach to the development of complex systems and systems of systems in a range of engineering and commercial environments;
  • P2.   analyse and identify a problem space, extract and formalize a requirements specification   for a system of interest and select and apply appropriate systems design and validation and verification methods within a defined systems engineering process along the whole system lifecycle;
  • P3.   select and use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in a safe manner;
  • P4.   research, select and use computational tools and packages (including programming and modelling languages where appropriate) in familiar situations for modeling and analysing pertinent engineering problems;
  • P5.   design, and where appropriate construct, systems, components or processes in a muli- disciplinary team within given time and resource constraints;
  • P6.   search for, locate, retrieve and reference correctly information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • P7.   manage a project and the inherent technical and project management risks, and produce technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings.
  • P8.   plan and execute safely novel or unfamiliar experimental laboratory work;
  • P9.   undertake testing of design ideas in the laboratory or by simulation, and analyse and critically evaluate the results.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should have the following skills and abilities:

  • T1.   Self-management : readiness to accept responsibility, flexibility, resilience, self-starting, appropriate assertiveness, time management, readiness to improve own performance based on feedback/reflective learning
  • T2.   Team-working: respecting others, co-operating, negotiating/persuading, contributing to discussions, interpersonal skills and awareness of interdependence with others
  • T3.   Leadership: project and group management, delegation v control, verbal and written communication, creativity, problem solving and financial/time/risk management
  • T4.   Analysis and investigation: use of systems engineering approaches, tools and techniques to gather and analyse information systematically to aid decision-making and critical thinking skills
  • T5.   Business and customer awareness: Basic understanding of the key drivers for business success – including the importance of innovation and taking calculated risks – and the need to provide customer satisfaction and build customer loyalty
  • T6.   Problem solving: analysing facts and situations and applying creative thinking to develop appropriate solutions
  • T7.   Communication and literacy: application of literacy, ability to produce clear, structured written work and oral literacy – including listening and questioning
  • T8.   Positive attitude: a ‘can-do’ approach, self- motivation, a readiness to take part and contribute, openness to new ideas and a drive to make these happen
  • T9.   Entrepreneurship and enterprise: broadly, an ability to demonstrate an innovative approach, creativity, collaboration and risk taking. An individual with these attributes can make a huge difference to any business
  • T10.  IT and networks: programming and application development, databases, modeling software, spreadsheets, word processing, graphics and multi-media
  • T11.  Risk Management and mitigation
  • T12.  Generation and selection of alternative solutions to different classes of engineering/system design problems using a range of methods
  • T13.  manipulate, sort and present data in a range of forms
  • T14.  use evidence based methods and investigative techniques in the solution of complex problems
  • T15.  work with limited, incomplete and/or contradictory information in the solution of unfamiliar problems
  • T16.  Mentoring and evaluation skills including self reflection on performance
  • T17.  Production and deliver of professional and effective presentations using a range of media
  • T18.  Ability to learn effectively, continuously and independently in a variety of environments

 

4. Programme structure

 

4.1 Part A 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSA016

Industrial Project in Systems Engineering

20

 Semester 1

Compulsory Modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA011 Electronic Circuits 20
WSA010 Programming and Software Design 20
MAA103 Core Mathematics 1 10

Semester 2

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSA012 Electrical Science A 20
WSA013 Digital Systems 20
MAA203 Core Mathematics 10

4.2 Part B 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (20 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSB006

Systems Integration

20

Semester 1

Compulsory modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB007 Systems Methods 20
MAB103 Advanced Mathematics 1 10

Semester 2

Compulsory modules (50 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB004 Control System Design 20
WSB009 Mobile Robots 20
MAB203 Advanced Mathematics 2 10


 Optional Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSB010 Electronics 20
WSB014 Embedded Systems Programming 20
WSB140 Mechanics for Robotics 20

 

4.3 Part I

Code

Title

WSI010 Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI020 Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) (Non-credit bearing)
WSI035 Diploma in International Studies (DIntS) (Non-credit bearing)

For candidates who are registered for the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or Diploma in International Studies (DIntS), Part I will be between Parts B and C or between Parts C and D and will be in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XI and Regulation XX.

 

4.4 Part C 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory modules (30 credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSD001

Team Project (Sem 1: 10 credits; Sem 2: 20 credits)

30

Semester 1

Compulsory modules (30 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC312 Systems Engineering Applications Theory 10
WSC200 Engineering Management: Finance, Law and Quality 10
DSC502 Human Factors in Systems Engineering C 10

Optional Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC302 Digital Communication Theory and Practice 20
WSC303 Renewable Energy Systems 20
WSC318 Embedded Systems Design and Implementation 20
WSC341 Digital and State Space Control 20

Semester 2

Optional Modules (20 credits)

Code Title Credits
WSC304 Computer Networks 20
WSC354 Electronic System Design with FPGAs 20
WSC355 Digital Interfacing and Instrumentation 20
WSC203 Manufacturing Planning and Control 10
WSC204 Management of the Human Resource 10
WSC206 Product Innovation Management 10

 

4.5 Part D 

 

Semester 1 and 2

Compulsory Modules (60 Credits)

Code

Title

Credits

WSD030

Advanced Project (Sem 1: 20 credits; Sem 2: 30 credits)

50

WSD033

Systems Diagnostics (Sem 1: 5 credits; Sem 2: 5 credits)

10

Semester 1

Optional modules

Students must select 45 credits of optional modules (THREE modules) from across the year.  You MUST select at least ONE module from Group A, this can be from either Semester One or Two.  The total of 120 credtis shuld be arranged as near to 60 credits per semester as possible.

Group A

Code Title Credits Semester
WSD572 Systems Architecture 15 1


Group B

Code Title Credits Semester
WSD536 Bioenergy 15 1
WSD506 Digital Signal Processing 15 1
WSD569 Innovation and Entrepeneurship in Engineering 15 1
WSD533 Solar Power 15 1
WSD535 Water Power 15 1
WSD534 Introduction to Wind Turbine Technology 15 1

 

Semester 2

Compulsory Modules (15 credits)

 

Code Title Credits Semester
WSD062 Understanding Complexity 15 1

Group A

Code Title Credits Semester
WSD060 Engineering and Managing Capability 15 2
WSD567 Validation and Verification 15 2
WSD571 Holidtic Engineering 15 2

Group B

Code Title Credits Semester
WSD532 Intergration of Renewables 15 2
WSD517 Mobile Network Technologies 15 2

 

All optional module choice is subject to availability, timetabling, student number restrictions and student having taken appropriate pre-requisite modules.

 

  

 

5. Criteria for Progression and Degree Award

5.1 Criteria for programme progression 

In order to progress from Part A to Part B, from Part B to C, from Part c to D and to be eligible for the award of an honours degree, candidates must not only satisfy the minimum credit requirments set out in Regulation XX and in addtion candidates  must accumulate 120 credits and achieve an overall average of 55% in each part.


To qualify for the Degree of Masters of Engineering candidates must accumulate 120 credits from Part D and achieve and overall average of 55%.

 

5.2    Criteria for Candidates who do not receive Permission to Progress or gain the Award of a Degree

Any candidate who fails to achieve the criteria for progression from Part A to Part B, Part B to Part C or Part C to Part D shall have the opportunity to repeat module assessments in accordance with the provisions of Regulation XX.  Alternatively, the candidate may elect to enter the BEng Honours Degree programme in Electronic and Electrical Engineeringl, provided that the candidate has satisfied the criteria for progression on the BEng programme at the appropriate point.

Any candidate who, having successfully completed Part C, is unable to commence or complete Part D or who fails to achieve the criteria necessary for the award of MEng may, at the discretion of the Programme Board, be awarded the degree of BEng in Electronic and Electrical Engineering with a classification corresponding to the candidate’s achievements in the Part B and Part C assessments and determined on the basis of the weightings given for the BEng programme.

6. Relative Weighting of Parts of the Programme for the purposes of Final Degree Classification

A candidate's final degree classification will be determined on the basis of their performance in degree level Module Assessments at Parts B, C and D in accordance with the scheme set out in Regulation XX. The average percentage marks for each Part will be combined in the ratio Part B 20: Part C 40: Part D 40, to determine the final Programme Mark.

Programme Specification

EL MEng (Hons) Systems Engineering (Students undertaking Part D in 2020)

Academic Year: 2020/21

This specification provides a concise summary of the main features of the programme and the learning outcomes that a typical student might reasonably be expected to achieve and demonstrate if full advantage is taken of the learning opportunities that are provided.

This specification applies to delivery of the programme in the Academic Year indicated above. Prospective students reviewing this information for a later year of study should be aware that these details are subject to change as outlined in our Terms and Conditions of Study.

This specification should be read in conjunction with:

  • Reg. XX (Undergraduate Awards) (see University Regulations)
  • Module Specifications
  • The teaching, learning and assessment strategies used at Loughborough (available soon)
  • What makes Loughborough University programmes and its graduates distinctive (available soon)
  • Summary
  • Programme aims
  • Learning outcomes
  • Programme structure
  • Progression and weighting

Programme summary

Awarding body/institution Loughborough University
Teaching institution (if different)
Owning school/department Wolfson School of Mechanical, Electrical and Manufacturing Engineering
Details of accreditation by a professional/statutory body

Institution of Engineering and Technology (IET)

Final award MEng / MEng+DIS / MEng + DPS/ MEng+DIntS
Programme title Systems Engineering
Programme code WSUM20
Length of programme The duration of the programme is 8 semesters or 10 semesters if taken with the Diploma in Industrial Studies (DIS), Diploma in Professional Studies (DPS) or the Diploma in International Studies (DIntS). The programme is only available on a full-time basis.
UCAS code H660, H641
Admissions criteria

 http://www.lboro.ac.uk/study/undergraduate/courses/systems­engineering/

Date at which the programme specification was published

1. Programme Aims

To meet the all of the aims of the MEng programme in Systems Engineering and to further enhance a student’s learning experience by providing a high quality educational experience, for well motivated high achievers, that:

  • A1.   increases the depth and breadth of technical study to the level expected of Masters level graduates;
  • A2.   develops knowledge and skills, to a depth and breadth expected of Masters level graduates, as a preparation for a career in industry;
  • A3.   takes the student through the first level expected when applying for chartered engineer status
  • A4.   develops an enhanced capacity for independent learning, planning, self–reliance and self- evaluation;
  • A5.   enhances teamwork and leadership skills, equipping graduates of the programme to play leading roles in industry and potentially take responsibility for future innovation and change;
  • A6.   develop an appreciation for complexity and uncertainty in engineering systems;
  • A7.   Provides an introduction to and experience of mentoring and evaluation processes and techniques enabling the student to articulate identified issues and suggest alternative approaches within a system design context;
  • A8.   Provides an opportunity to work in a multi-disciplinary team and to apply project management and engineering theory and practice in a collaborative and competitive
  • A9.   environment to build and demonstrate a complex autonomous system capable of fulfilling a changing set of requirements;
  • A10.  Increases the awareness of the complexities in the configuration of Systems of Systems (SoS) particularly at the interfaces of the component systems and hence the need to take a holistic view of SoS development and operation;
  • A11.  Develops a deeper understanding of the socio-technical aspects of systems and systems of systems design and operation.

2. Relevant subject benchmark statements and other external and internal reference points used to inform programme outcomes:

  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: Engineering Technician, Incorporated Engineer and Chartered Engineer Standard, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2013.
  • UK Standard for Professional Engineering Competence: The Accreditation of Higher Education Programmes, Engineering Council UK, 3rd edition, 2014.
  • Guidance Note on Academic Accreditation, Engineering Council UK, July 2014.
  • The UK Quality Code for Higher Education, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, April 2012.
  • Subject Benchmark Statement: Engineering, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, November 2010.
  • Master's Degree Characteristics, The Quality Assurance Agency for Higher Education, March 2010.

3. Programme Learning Outcomes

3.1 Knowledge and Understanding

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate a knowledge and understanding of:

 

  • K1.   the nature of systems thinking and systems engineering concepts and terminology;
  • K2.   the form and value of systems engineering-based techniques, methods and methodologies and their use in the development and evaluation of complex systems and systems of systems in a range of engineering and commercial domains;
  • K3.   the provenance and theory behind a range of systems and systems engineering tools, methods and processes;
  • K4.   the need for an integrated systems approach using appropriate and timely configurations of systems engineering methods, tools and processes;
  • K5.   the importance of integrating Requirements Specification, Systems Design and Validation and Verification approaches along the whole systems life cycle;
  • K6.   the role and limitations of systems architecture approaches: the interfaces between technical sub-systems with organisational, human and process sub systems;
  • K7.   Engineering and Management of Capability;
  • K8.   the theory behind and application of mentoring approaches;
  • K9.   the theory behind and application of formal project evaluation methods and practice;
  • K10.  mathematical methods appropriate to systems engineering and related disciplines, including their limitations and range of applicability;
  • K11.  principles of engineering and/or systems science appropriate to engineering and related disciplines, including their range of applicability;
  • K12.  principles of information technology and communications appropriate to engineering of complex systems;
  • K13.  knowledge and information management techniques and tools;
  • K14.  design principles and techniques appropriate to relevant components, equipment and associated software;
  • K15.  characteristics of relevant common engineering materials and components;
  • K16.  management and business practices appropriate to engineering industries, their application and limitations;
  • K17.  relevant codes of practice and regulatory frameworks relevant to systems engineering and related disciplines;
  • K18.  operational practices and requirements for safe operation relevant to electronic and electrical engineering;
  • K19.  the professional and ethical responsibilities of engineers;
  • K20.  research methodologies and approaches;
  • K21.  ability to deal with uncertain, incomplete and changing information in a dynamic systems or systems of systems context.

3.2 Skills and other attributes

a. Subject-specific cognitive skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to demonstrate:

 

  • C1.   an ability to apply a systems engineering approach to engineering, problem structuring and problem solving in a variety of engineering contexts;
  • C2.   ability to select and apply different systems engineering tools, methods and processes based on both an understanding of the theory behind the tools and an appreciation of their functionality and applicability to the system context;
  • C3.   the role and processes involved in mentoring individuals and groups and evaluation of projects against goals set;
  • C4.   an understanding of standard mathematical and/or computer based methods for modelling and analysing a range of practical and hypothetical engineering problems, and the essential principles of modelling and analysing routine engineering systems, processes, components and products;
  • C5.   an appreciation of the socio-technical aspects of system design and operation and the application of methods and techniques available in this area;
  • C6.   a competency in systems architecting approaches;
  • C7.   an understanding of a range of areas dependent on modules studied eg control techniques used in industry, aeronautical considerations of aircraft design and performance, different renewable energy generation technologies, human factors in systems design, financial management, system architecting, innovation etc.
  • C8.   an ability to develop innovative solutions to practical engineering problems;
  • C9.   a competence in defining and solving practical engineering problems;
  • C10.  the ability to integrate, evaluate and use information, data and ideas from a range of sources in their project work.
b. Subject-specific practical skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should be able to:

 

  • P1.   develop a viable systems engineering approach to the development of complex systems and systems of systems in a range of engineering and commercial environments;
  • P2.   analyse and identify a problem space, extract and formalize a requirements specification   for a system of interest and select and apply appropriate systems design and validation and verification methods within a defined systems engineering process along the whole system lifecycle;
  • P3.   select and use conventional laboratory equipment and relevant test and measurement equipment in a safe manner;
  • P4.   research, select and use computational tools and packages (including programming and modelling languages where appropriate) in familiar situations for modeling and analysing pertinent engineering problems;
  • P5.   design, and where appropriate construct, systems, components or processes in a muli- disciplinary team within given time and resource constraints;
  • P6.   search for, locate, retrieve and reference correctly information, ideas and data from a variety of sources;
  • P7.   manage a project and the inherent technical and project management risks, and produce technical reports, papers, diagrams and drawings.
  • P8.   plan and execute safely novel or unfamiliar experimental laboratory work;
  • P9.   undertake testing of design ideas in the laboratory or by simulation, and analyse and critically evaluate the results.
c. Key transferable skills:

On successful completion of this programme, students should have the following skills and abilities:

  • T1.   Self-management : readiness to accept responsibility, flexibility, resilience, self-starting, appropriate assertiveness, time management, readiness to improve own performance based on feedback/reflective learning
  • T2.   Team-working: resp